0% found this document useful (0 votes)
623 views522 pages

B.Tech 2019 Curriculum Overview

The document outlines the curriculum for the B.Tech program in Aeronautical Engineering across 8 semesters. It includes the category and code definitions for the various course types, as well as the department codes. It provides an example course schedule for the first semester, listing 5 course slots with codes, titles, lecture-tutorial-practical hours and credits for each included course.

Uploaded by

msn_test
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
623 views522 pages

B.Tech 2019 Curriculum Overview

The document outlines the curriculum for the B.Tech program in Aeronautical Engineering across 8 semesters. It includes the category and code definitions for the various course types, as well as the department codes. It provides an example course schedule for the first semester, listing 5 course slots with codes, titles, lecture-tutorial-practical hours and credits for each included course.

Uploaded by

msn_test
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

CURRICULUM

B.TECH (2019 SCHEME)


INDEX

SL.No Course Name Page No

1 AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING 1-20

2 APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION 21-41

3 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING 42-62

4 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 63-84

5 BIOTECHNOLOGY ENGINEERING 85-104

6 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 105-125

7 CIVIL ENGINEERING 126-145

8 COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 146-170

9 ELECTRONICS AND BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 171-192

10 ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING 193-213

11 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 214-234

12 FOOD TECHNOLOGY 235-254

13 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 255-274

14 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING 275-295

15 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 296-315

16 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 316-335

17 MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING 336-356

18 MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 357-377

19 MECHATRONICS 378-397

20 METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING 398-418

21 NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING 419-439

22 POLYMER ENGINEERING 440-457

23 PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 458-478

24 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION 479-499

25 SAFETY AND FIRE ENGINEERING 500-520


AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING


Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.
Sl. Category Code Credits
No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

1
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

2
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

Departments
Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA


15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

3
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

Note: To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to
each course

4
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 4-0-0 4 4
ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

5
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.

3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful
and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being
aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete,
leading and generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is
being aimed at. This course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the
potential of the students by introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and
professional success, and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in
their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence
in English required for independent and effective communication for their professional
needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive
listening practice, Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy
in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion
practice, Reading, Speed reading practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical
reading practice, Writing Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in
formal writing, Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc.,
Importance of contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

6
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO
A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND COMPLEX 3-1-0 4 4
ANALYSIS

B AOT201MECHANICS OF MATERIALS AND AIRCRAFT 3-1-0 4 4


MATERIALS
C MET203 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS 3-1-0 4 4

D AOT205 MECHANICS OF FLIGHT AND AIRCRAFT BASICS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 -----

S AOL201 FLUID MECHANICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T AOL203 MATERIAL TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R\M VAC Remedial/Minor course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

7
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO
A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND NUMERICAL 3-1-0 4 4
METHODS

B AOT202 THERMODYNAMICS 3-1-0 4 4

C AOT204 AERODYNAMICS I 3-1-0 4 4

D AOT206 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES I 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 -----

S AOL202 AERODYNAMICS AND FLIGHT MECHANICS 0-0-3 3 2


LAB
T AOL204 CAD LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

8
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A AOT301 AIRCRAFT STRUCTURES II 3-1-0 4 4

B AOT303 AIRBREATHING PROPULSION 3-1-0 4 4

C AOT305 AERODYNAMICS II 3-1-0 4 4

D AOT307 AVIONICS AND AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 ----

S AOL331 PROPULSION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T AOL333 AIRCRAFT STRCTURAL ANALYSIS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 31 23/27

NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

9
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A AOT302 HEAT TRANSFER 3-1-0 4 4

B AOT304 VIBRATION AND AERO ELASTICITY 3-1-0 4 4

C AOT306 NON - AIRBREATHING PROPULSION 3-1-0 4 4

D AOTXXX PROGRAME ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F AOT308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S AOL332 AIRFRAME PRODUCTION AND 0-0-3 3 2


MAINTENACE LAB
T AOD334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 29 23/27
PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


AOT312 ELASTIC ANALYSIS OF PLATES AND SHELLS 2-1-0
AOT322 SPACE SCIENCE AND SPACE ENVIRONMENT 2-1-0
D AOT332 NUMERICAL PROGRAMMING 2-1-0 3 3
AOT342 DESIGN OF AEROSPACE STRUCTURES 2-1-0
AOT352 AERO ACOUSTICS 2-1-0
AOT362 FUNDAMENTALS OF COMBUSION 2-1-0
AOT372 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING 2-1-0

NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

10
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen the
understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of theoretical
concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the horizon of their thinking.
The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a problem by applying theoretical
knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-solving skills. Students should identify a
topic of interest in consultation with Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather
information pertaining to the chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology
to achieve the objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to
achieve the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two reviews.
The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report
is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be demonstrated for its full design
specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic
aspects taken care of in the project shall be given due weight. The internal evaluation will
be made based on the product, the report and a viva- voce examination, conducted by a 3
member committee appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD or a senior
faculty member, Academic coordinator for that program, project guide/coordinator.

Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks


Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

11
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A AOT401 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS 2-1-0 3 3

B AOTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C AOTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ----

S AOL411 ANALYSIS AND SIMULATION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T AOQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U AOD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


AOT413 EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS 2-1-0
AOT423 ADVANCED DYNAMICS AND CONTROL 2-1-0
B AOT433 ACTUATORS AND CONTROLS IN AIRCRAFT 2-1-0
AOT443 FATIQUE AND FRACTURE MECHANICS 2-1-0
AOT453 WIND TUNNEL TECHNIQUES 2-1-0 3 3
AOT463 STRUCTURAL HEALTH MONITORING 2-1-0
AOT473 EXPERIMENTAL AERODYNAMICS 2-1-0

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses (maximum 5)
they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed below are offered by the
Department of AERONAUTICAL for students of other undergraduate branches offered in the
college.

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AOT415 INTRODUCTION TO AERONAUTICS 2-1-0


C AOT 425 INTRODUCTION TO AERODYNAMICS 2-1-0 3 3
AOT 435 FLIGHT AGAINST GRAVITY 2-1-0
AOT 445 NUMERICAL METHODS AND 2-1-0
PROGRAMMING

12
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and reliable
information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline from technical
publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books, project reports etc.,
prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before a peer audience. Each
student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes duration on the selected topic. The
report and the presentation shall be evaluated by a team of faculty members comprising
Academic coordinator for that program, seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on
style of presentation, technical content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and
overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the
students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The
object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative study in the broad
field of Aeronautical Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical or involving both
theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on a group of three/four
students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation
for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/ Design/
Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator
and project supervisor.

13
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A AOT402 ROCKETRY AND SPACE MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3

B AOTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C AOTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D AOTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

E AOT404 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE 1-0-0 1 1

U AOD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 28 17/19
PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


AOT414 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 2-1-0
AOT424 HYPERSONIC AND HIGH TEMPERATURE 2-1-0
AERODYNAMICS
AOT434 MICROPROCESSOR AND ITS 2-1-0
B APPLICATIONS 3 3
AOT444 INSTRUMENTATION AND 2-1-0
MEASUREMENTS
AOT454 AEROSPACE GUIDANCE AND CONTROLS 2-1-0
AOT464 AUTOMATION AND FEEDBACK CONTROLS 2-1-0
IN AEROSPACE
AOT474 MACHINE LEARNING IN AEROSPACE 2-1-0
ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


AOT416 AIRTRANSPORTATION AND AIRLINE 2-1-0
MANAGEMENT
AOT426 AIRTRAFIC CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
AOT436 ENERGY METHODS IN STRUCTURAL 2-1-0
C MECHANICS 3 3
AOT446 AIRCRAFT GENERAL MAINTANCE AND 2-1-0
PRACTICES
AOT456 ROTORY WING THEORY AND HELICOPTER 2-1-0
AERODYNAMICS
AOT466 INDUSTRIAL AERODYNAMICS 2-1-0
AOT476 CIVIL AVIATION REGULATIONS 2-1-0

14
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


AOT418 STABILITY AND CONTROL IN AIRCRAFT 2-1-0
AOT428 AIRCRAFT PRODUCTION TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
D AOT438 THEORY OF ELASTICITY 2-1-0 3 3
AOT448 INTRODUCTION TO FLOW INSTABILITY 2-1-0
AOT458 AIRFRAME MAINTANCE AND REPAIR 2-1-0
AOT468 HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS 2-1-0
AOT478 MECHANICS OF COMPOSITES 2-1-0

NOTE
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;

15
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the


Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct Comprehensive Course Viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

16
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)

(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three courses
listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the chosen
area. They can do Miniproject either in S7 or S8. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by
undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the Academic Council
or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Minor shall be conducted along with
regular classes and no extra time shall be required for conducting the courses.

(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.

(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.

(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all academic units
offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The courses shall be
grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have sequences within it, i.e.,
advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket. Reshuffling of courses between various
baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the
chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered for B.Tech Minor in AERONAUTICAL
Branch can opt to study the courses listed below.

S BASKET I BASKET II BASKET III


e
m H C H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
st No. U E No. U E No. U E
er R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
S3 AOT281 FUNDAMENTALS 4 4 AOT 281 FUNDAMENTALS OF 4 4 AOT 281 FUNDAMENTALS 4 4
OF AERONAUTICS AERONAUTICS OF AERONAUTICS
S4 AOT 282 FUNDAMENTALS 4 4 AOT 284 APPLIED 4 4 AOT 286 MECHANICS OF 4 4
OF AERODYNAMICS THERMODYNAMICS MATERIALS AND
STRUCTURES
S5 AOT 381 HIGHSPEED 4 4 AOT 383 BASICS OF AERO 4 4 AOT 385 AIRCRAFT 4 4
AERODYNAMICS ENGINES STRUCTURAL
ANALYSIS
S6 AOT 382 EXPERIMENTAL 4 4 AOT 384 ROCKET PROPULSION 4 4 AOT 386 STRUCTURAL 4 4
AERODYNAMICS DYNAMICS AND
AND FLOW AERO ELASTICITY
VISUALISATION
S7 AOD 481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 AOD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 AOD 481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 AOD 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 AOD 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 AOD 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

17
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits needed
for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing this option
for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended for a
student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline and to
enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering concerned. It is
particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon completion of
Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his branch of
engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, this will be
mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with Honours.” The
fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one
specified course cannot be earned during the course of the programme, Honours will not be
awarded. The individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade
card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a mini project
based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by undergoing 2
MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the Academic Council or
through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Honours shall be conducted
along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required for conducting the
courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses under
honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses.

18
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group


representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in AERONAUTICAL
ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below.

GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III

S H C H C H C
e Course COURSE O R Course COURSE NAME O R Course COURSE NAME O R
m No NAME U E No U E No U E
R D R D R D
es S I S I S I
te T T T
r
S4 AOT 292 ADVANCED 4 4 AOT 294 GAS DYNAMICS 4 4 AOT 296 ADVANCED 4 4
FLUID MECHANICS OF
MECHANICS MATERIALS
S5 AOT 393 Advanced 4 4 AOT 395 HIGH SPEED 4 4 AOT 397 ADVANCED 4 4
Numerical PROPULSION CONCEPTS IN
techniques SYSTEMS AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURES
S6 AOT 394 RAREFIED GAS 4 4 AOT 396 ADVANCED 4 4 AOT 398 COMPUTATIONAL 4 4
DYNAMICS AND PROPULSION STRUCTURAL
INTERPLANETAR SYSTEMS MECHANICS
Y SPACE TRAVEL
S7 AOT 495 BOUNDAARY 4 4 AOT 497 ADVANCED HEAT 4 4 AOT 499 DESIGN OF 4 4
LAYER THEORY TRANSFER COMPOSITE
STRUCTURES
S8 AOD 496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 AOD 496 MINIPROJECT 4 AOD 496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batch mates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

19
AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

20
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in
table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall
be as below:

Semester 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
Grand.Total 162

21
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,


Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,


Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of


Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the following table.

Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)

Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

22
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC


Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & EC 27 Polymer Engg PO


Communication

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU Robotics and


29 Automation RA
15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

23
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUN 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

Note:

To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted
to each course

24
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics A and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Engineering Physics A in SI and Engineering Chemistry in S2 & vice
versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics A in a semester should attend Physics Lab in
the same semester and students opting for Engineering Chemistry in one semester should
attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in S2 & vice
versa.

25
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering
shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering contain equal
weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE
marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME,
ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each
and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course in S1.
Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester should attend Civil
& Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students having Basics of Electrical &
Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the
same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful
and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being
aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete,
leading and generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is
being aimed at. This course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the
potential of the students by introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and
professional success, and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in
their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence
in English required for independent and effective communication for their professional
needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive
listening practice, Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy
in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion
practice, Reading, Speed reading practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical
reading practice, Writing Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in
formal writing, Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc.,
Importance of contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

26
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION 3-1-0 4 4


AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS
B ECT201 SOLID STATE DEVICES 3-1-0 4 4

C ECT203 LOGIC CIRCUIT DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

D ECT205 NETWORK THEORY 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S ECL201 SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ECL203 LOGIC DESIGN LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

27
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT204 PROBABILITY, RANDOM PROCESS 3-1-0 4 4


AND NUMERICAL METHODS
B ECT202 ANALOG CIRCUITS 3-1-0 4 4

C ECT204 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

D AET206 MEASUREMENTS AND 3-1-0 4 4


INSTRUMENTATION

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S ECL202 ANALOG CIRCUITS AND SIMULATION 0-0-3 3 2


LAB
T AEL204 TRANSDUCERS AND 0-0-3 3 2
MEASUREMENTS LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

28
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A AET301 CONTROL SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

B AET303 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION 3-1-0 4 4

C AET305 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND 3-1-0 4 4


EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
D AET307 ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S AEL331 ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND 0-0-3 3 2


INSTRUMENTATION LAB
T AEL333 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

29
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A AET302 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 3-1-0 4 4

B AET304 PROCESS DYNAMICS AND CONTROL 3-1-0 4 4

C AET306 POWER ELECTRONICS 3-1-0 4 4

D AETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F AET308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S AEL332 POWER ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T AED334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ECT312 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 2-1-0


AET322 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 2-1-0
AET332 COMPUTER NETWORKS 2-1-0 3 3
D AET342 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
AET352 REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS 2-1-0
AET362 OPTOELECTRONIC DEVICES 2-1-0
AET372 INTERNET OF THINGS 2-1-0
NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in
both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of
branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and
Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

30
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of study
shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective type
similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the University. Syllabus for
comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the respective BoS choosing any 5 core
courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course
should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based
on the core courses listed in the curriculum.
4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen the
understanding of student’s fundamentals through application of theoretical concepts. Mini
project can help to boost their skills and widen the horizon of their thinking. The ultimate
aim of an engineering student is to resolve a problem by applying theoretical knowledge.
Doing more projects increases problem-solving skills. Students should identify a topic of
interest in consultation with Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather information
pertaining to the chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology to achieve
the objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to achieve the
objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and outputs. The
progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two reviews. The review
committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report is required
at the end of the semester. The product has to be demonstrated for its full design
specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic
aspects taken care of in the project shall be given due weight. The internal evaluation will
be made based on the product, the report and a viva- voce examination, conducted by a 3
member committee appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD or a senior
faculty member, Academic coordinator for that program, project guide/coordinator.
Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks
Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

31
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A AET401 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 3

B AETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C AETXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S AEL411 PROCESS CONTROL LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T AEQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U AED415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AET413 NONLINEAR AND ADAPTIVE CONTROL 2-1-0


SYSTEMS
AET423 SCADA AND DISTRIBUTED CONTROL 2-1-0 3 3
B SYSTEM
AET433 ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE 2-1-0
AND COMPATIBILITY
AET443 FPGA BASED SYSTEM DESIGN 2-1-0
AET453 PYTHON FOR SIGNAL AND IMAGE 2-1-0
PROCESSING
AET463 COMPUTER NUMERICAL CONTROL 2-1-0
AET473 DATA STRUCTURES AND 2-1-0
ALGORITHMS

32
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed
below are offered by the Department of AEI for students of other undergraduate branches
offered in the college under KTU

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AET415 INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEMS 2-1-0

AET425 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 3

C AET435 MEMS 2-1-0

AET445 ROBOTICS AND INDUSTRIAL 2-1-0


AUTOMATION

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative

33
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
study in the broad field of Applied Electronics & Instrumentation Engineering, either
fully theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be
assigned by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance
of a Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in
R&D work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

34
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A AET402 VLSI CIRCUIT DESIGN 2-1-0 3 3

B AETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C AETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D AETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T AET404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U AED416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AET414 ANN AND DEEP LEARNING 2-1-0


AET424 SOFT COMPUTING 2-1-0
AET434 BIOINFORMATICS 2-1-0 3 3
B AET444 SPEECH AND AUDIO PROCESSING 2-1-0
AET454 WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS 2-1-0
AET464 NANOELECTRONICS 2-1-0
AET474 INTEGRATED OPTICS AND PHOTONIC 2-1-0
SYSTEMS
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AET416 INDUSTRIAL DRIVES AND CONTROL 2-1-0


AET426 CONTROL OF POWER CONVERTERS 2-1-0
AET436 AVIATION ELECTRONICS 2-1-0 3 3
C AET446 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM 2-1-0
AET456 POWER PLANT INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
AET466 MEMS 2-1-0
AET476 ROBOTICS AND INDUSTRIAL 2-1-0
AUTOMATION

35
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ECT418 MECHATRONICS 2-1-0


AET428 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRONICS 2-1-0
AET438 CYBER SECURITY 2-1-0 3 3
D AET448 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR 2-1-0
PETROCHEMICAL INDUSTRIES
AET458 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION 2-1-0
AET468 OPTICAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
AET478 RENEWABLE ENERGY TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;

36
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee

Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75


Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

37
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)

(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.

(iv)There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.

(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.

(vi)The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all academic
units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The courses
shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have sequences
within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket. Reshuffling of
courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should carry out a
mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered for B.Tech
Minor in Applied Electronics and Instrumentation can opt to study the courses listed below:

S Basket I Basket II Basket III


e
m COURSE COURSE HO C COURSE COURSE H CR COURSE COURSE NAME H CREDI
es NO. NAME UR R NO. NAME O E NO. O T
S E U DI U
te D R T R
r I S S
T

S3 AET281 INTRODUCTIO 4 4 AET283 DIGITAL 4 4 AET285 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4


N TO SIGNALS CIRCUIT MEASUREMENTS
& SYSTEMS DESIGN AND
INSTRUMENTATIO
N
S4 AET282 INTRODUCTIO 4 4 AET284 INTRODUCTI 4 4 AET286 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4
N TO DIGITAL ON TO INDUSTRIAL
SIGNAL ANALOG INSTRUMENTATIO
PROCESSING CIRCUITS N

38
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
S5 AET381 DIGITAL 4 4 AET383 POWER 4 4 AET385 CONTROL SYSTEMS 4 4
IMAGE ELECTRONIC
PROCESSING S
S6 AET382 SOFT 4 4 AET384 MEMS 4 4 AET386 PROCESS CONTROL 4 4
COMPUTING

S7 AED481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 AED481 MINIPROJEC 4 4 AED481 MINIPROJECT 4 4


T

S8 AED482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 AED482 MINIPROJEC 4 4 AED482 MINIPROJECT 4 4


T

HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a

39
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for Honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in APPLIED ELECTRONICS AND
INSTRUMENTATION can opt to study the courses listed below:

Se Group I Group II Group III


m
es COURSE COURSE H C COURSE COURSE NAME H C COURSE COURSE NAME H C
te NO. NAME O R NO. O R NO. O R
U E U E U E
r R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T

S4 AET292 INSTRUMEN 4 4 AET294 SYSTEM DESIGN 4 4 AET296 LINEAR ALGEBRA 4 4


TATION USING VERILOG
SYSTEM
DESIGN
S5 AET393 OPTIMIZATIO 4 4 AET395 ARM 4 4 AET397 WAVELETS 4 4
N ARCHITECTURE
TECHNIQUES DESIGN

S6 AET394 PWM 4 4 AET396 MIXED CIRCUIT 4 4 AET398 COMPUTER VISION 4 4


SCHEME FOR DESIGN
POWER
CONVERTERS
S7 AET495 ADVANCED 4 4 AET497 VLSI STRUCTURES 4 4 AET499 4 4
CONTROL FOR SIGNAL ESTIMATION AND
THEORY PROCESSING DETECTION

40
APPLIED ELECTRONICS & INSTRUMENTATION
S8 AED496 MINIPROJEC 4 4 AED496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 AED496 MINIPROJECT 4 4
T

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

41
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B. TECH AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum.

Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as below:


Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

42
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,


Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,


Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of


Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the following table.

Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

43
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

44
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:

To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

45
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.
2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.

46
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

47
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION 3-1-0 4 4


AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B MET201 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 3-1-0 4 4

C AUT201 AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS 3-1-0 4 4

D AUT203 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S AUL201 AUTOMOBILE LAB I 0-0-3 3 2

T MEL203 MATERIALS TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

48
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS

B AUT202 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY 3-1-0 4 4

C AUT204 AUTO POWER PLANT 3-1-0 4 4

D AUT206 AUTOMOTIVE TRANSMISSION 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S MEL202 FM & HM LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T AUL202 AUTOMOBILE LAB II 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student doesn’t opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

49
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A AUT301 THEORY OF MACHINES 3-1-0 4 4

B AUT303 MANUFACTURING PROCESS 3-1-0 4 4

C AUT305 HYBRID AND FUEL CELL VEHICLES 3-1-0 4 4

D AUT307 MATERIAL SCIENCE AND 3-1-0 4 4


METALLURGY

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S MUL331 PRODUCTION ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MEL333 THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB-I 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade-in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

50
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MET302 HEAT & MASS TRANSFER 3-1-0 4 4

B AUT304 AUTOMOTIVE ELECTRICAL AND 3-1-0 4 4


ELECTRONICS
C AUT306 AUTOMOTIVE COMPONENTS 3-1-0 4 4
DESIGN
D AUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F AUT308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S MEL332 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN & 0-0-3 3 2


ANALYSIS LAB

T AUL334 AUTOMOBILE LAB III 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AUT312 TWO AND THREE WHEELED VEHICLE 2-1-0


AUT322 NUMERICAL METHODS 2-1-0
AUT332 VEHICLE INSPECTION AND 2-1-0 3 3
D MAINTENANCE
AUT342 VEHICLE PERFORMANCE AND 2-1-0
TESTING
AUT352 AUTOMOTIVE POLLUTION AND 2-1-0
TESTING
AUT362 MECHATRONICS AND CONTROL 2-1-0
SYSTEMS
AUT372 CAD /CAM 2-1-0

51
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

52
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A AUT401 ADVANCED IC ENGINES 2-1-0 3 3

B AUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C AUTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S AUL411 AUTOMOBILE LAB IV 0-0-3 3 2

T AUQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U AUD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AUT413 ALETERNATE ENERGY SOURCES FOR 2-1-0


AUTOMOBILE
AUT423 VEHICLE AERODYNAMICS 2-1-0 3 3
B AUT433 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS 2-1-0
AUT443 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
AUT453 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS 2-1-0
AUT463 VEHICLE DESIGN DATA 2-1-0
CHARACTERISTICS
AUT473 HEATING VENTILATION AND 2-1-0
AIRCONDITIONING

53
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses (maximum 5)
they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed below are offered by the
Department of AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING for students of other undergraduate branches offered
in the college.

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AUT415 MODERN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0


AUT425 HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES 2-1-0
AUT435 AUTOMOTIVE ERGONOMICS AND 2-1-0 3 3
C SAFETY
AUT445 AVG AND AUTONOMOUS VEHICLES 2-1-0
AUT455 COMPUTER SIMULATION AND 2-1-0
ANALYSIS OF AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Automobile Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical

54
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on
a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected
to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to
normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

55
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A AUT402 VEHICLE DYNAMICS 2-1-0 3 3

B AUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C AUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D AUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T AUT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U AUD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AUT414 SPECIAL TYPES OF VEHICLES 2-1-0


AUT424 ENGINE AND VEHICLE MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
SYSTEM 3 3
B AUT434 ADVANCED METAL JOINING 2-1-0
TECHNIQUES
AUT444 AGV AND AUTONOMOUS VEHICLE 2-1-0
AUT454 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
AUT464 AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 2-1-0
AUT474 METROLOGY AND 2-1-0
MEASUREMENTS

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AUT416 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT IN 2-1-0


AUTO INDUSTRY
AUT426 AUTOMOTIVE COMFORT AND 2-1-0 3 3
C SAFETY ENGINEERING
AUT436 PRODUCT DESIGN AND LIFECYCLE 2-1-0

56
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
MANAGEMENT
AUT446 ADVANCED AUTOMOTIVE 2-1-0
MANUFACTURING MATERIALS
AUT456 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
AUT466 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 2-1-0
AUT476 MACHINE LEARNING 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

AUT418 VEHICLE TRANSPORT AND FLEET 2-1-0


MANAGEMENT
AUT428 VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING AND 2-1-0 3 3
D SSFETY
AUT438 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING 2-1-0
AUT448 ADVANCED METAL JOINING 2-1-0
TECHNIQUES
AUT458 SIMULATION AND ANALYSIS OF 2-1-0
AUTO COMPONENTS
AUT468 HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS 2-1-0
AUT478 ADVANCED METAL CASTING 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for

57
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
Phase I;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required

58
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING Branch can opt to study the courses listed
below:

BASKET I
SEMESTER HOURS CREDIT
COURSE NO. COURSE NAME

S3 AUT281 FUNDAMENTALS OF AUTOMOBILES 4 4


ENGINEERING
S4 AUT282 AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS AND ENGINE 4 4
COMPONENTS
S5 AUT381 DYNAMICS OF AUTOMOBILES 4 4

59
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
S6 AUT382 MODERN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY 4 4

S7 AUD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 AUD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BOS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a mini
project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by
undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for honours.

60
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in AUTOMOBILE can opt to
study the courses listed below:

SEMESTER
GROUP I

Course Course Name HOURS CREDIT


No.
S4 AUT292 INCOMPRESSIBLE AND COMPRESSIBLE 4 4
FLOWS
S5 AUT393 ADVANCED THEORY OF VIBRATIONS 4 4

S6 AUT394 IC ENGINES AND ADVANCED 4 4


COMBUSTION STRATEGIES
S7 AUT495 SIMULATION AND ANALYSIS OF IC 4 4
ENGINE PROCESS
S8 AUD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batch mates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.

61
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

62
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall
be as below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

63
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,


Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,


Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of


Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the following table 1.

Table 1: Code for the courses


Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

64
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information IT


Technology
02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC
Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & EC 27 Polymer Engg PO


Communication
13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU Robotics and


29 Automation RA
15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

65
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDI


T

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA & CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

Note: To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to
each course

66
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS & TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics A and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics A in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics A in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

67
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.
4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful
and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being
aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete,
leading and generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is
being aimed at. This course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the
potential of the students by introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and
professional success, and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in
their lives and careers.
5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence
in English required for independent and effective communication for their professional
needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive
listening practice, Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy
in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion
practice, Reading, Speed reading practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical
reading practice, Writing Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in
formal writing, Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc.,
Importance of contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

68
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 3-1-0 4 4


AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS
B BMT201 BASIC ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR 3-1-0 4 4
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERS

C BMT203 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3-1-0 4 4

D BMT205 ANALOG ELECTRONICS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S BML201 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T BML203 ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

69
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS
B BMT202 MICROCONTROLLERS & 4-0-0 4 4
INTERFACING

C BMT204 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC 4-0-0 4 4


INSTRUMENTATION

D BMT206 BIOPHYSICS 4-0-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S BML202 MICROCONTROLLERS & 0-0-3 3 2


INTERFACING LAB

T BML204 BIOMEDICAL ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

70
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A BMT301 ANALYTICAL & DIAGNOSTIC 4-0-0 4 4


EQUIPMENTS

B BMT303 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 3-1-0 4 4

C BMT305 BIOSENSORS & TRANSDUCERS 4-0-0 4 4

D BMT307 SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 4-0-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S BML331 MEDICAL COMPUTING & VIRTUAL 0-0-3 3 2


INSTRUMENTATION LAB

T BML333 CLINICAL INSTRUMENTATION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

71
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A BMT302 BIOMECHANICS 4-0-0 4 4

B BMT304 THERAPEUTIC EQUIPMENTS 4-0-0 4 4

C BMT306 PRINCIPLES OF MEDICAL IMAGING 4-0-0 4 4

D BMTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 3-0-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F BMT308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S BML332 BIOMEDICAL EQUIPMENT 0-0-3 3 2


DISSECTION LAB
T BMD334 MINI PROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BMT312 CONTROL SYSTEMS 2-1-0

BMT322 MEDICAL INFORMATICS 3-0-0 3 3


D
BMT332 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS & 3-0-0
MICROCONTROLLERS

BMT342 DESIGN OF BIOMEDICAL DEVICES 3-0-0

BMT352 BIOSTATISTICS 3-0-0

BMT362 NETWORK ANALYSIS 2-1-0

BMT372 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES 3-0-0

72
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in both S5 and
S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6
and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course (Tuesdays
from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for minor/honours
programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of study shall
have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective type similar to the GATE
examination and will be conducted by the University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall
be prepared by the respective BOS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The
pass minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be
arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum.

4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen the
understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of theoretical concepts. Mini
project can help to boost their skills and widen the horizon of their thinking. The ultimate aim of an
engineering student is to resolve a problem by applying theoretical knowledge. Doing more projects
increases problem-solving skills. Students should identify a topic of interest in consultation with
Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather information pertaining to the chosen topic. State
the objectives and develop a methodology to achieve the objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication
or develop codes/programs to achieve the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through
the results and outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two
reviews. The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report
is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be demonstrated for its full design
specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic aspects
taken care of in the project shall be given due weight. The internal evaluation will be made based on
the product, the report and a viva- voce examination, conducted internally by a 3 member committee
appointed by Head of the Department comprising HOD or a senior faculty member, Academic
coordinator for that program, project guide/coordinator.
Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks
Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and demonstration of
functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work knowledge and involvement)
: 40

73
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A BMT401 PRINCIPLES OF MEDICAL IMAGE 3-0-0 3 3


PROCESSING
B BMTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 3-0-0 3 3

C BMTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 3-0-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S BML411 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL & IMAGE 0-0-3 3 2


PROCESSING LAB
T BMQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U BMD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BMT413 ADVANCES IN BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL 3-0-0


PROCESSING
3 3
B BMT423 DESIGN OF LOGIC SYSTEMS 2-1-0

BMT433 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION & 3-0-0


ARCHITECTURE

BMT443 CLINICAL ENGINEERING 3-0-0

BMT453 BIO FLUID MECHANICS 3-0-0

BMT463 ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS 3-0-0

BMT473 BIOMEDICAL OPTICS & 3-0-0


BIOPHOTONICS

74
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses (maximum 5)
they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed below are offered
by the Department of BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING for students of other undergraduate
branches offered in the college under KTU.

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BMT415 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0


BMT425 MEDICAL IMAGING & IMAGE 2-1-0
PROCESSING 3 3
C BMT435 ARTIFICIAL ORGANS & IMPLANTS 2-1-0
BMT445 ASSISTIVE MEDICAL DEVICES 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Biomedical Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical
or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on
a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected
to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to
normally include:
⮚ Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;

75
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
⮚ Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
⮚ Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
⮚ Block level design documentation
⮚ Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
⮚ Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
⮚ Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar :30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator
and project supervisor.

76
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A BMT402 BIOMATERIALS 2-1-0 3 3

B BMTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C BMTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D BMTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T BMT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U BMD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BMT414 POWER ELECTRONICS & 3-0-0 3 3


APPLICATIONS
B
BMT424 ARTIFICIAL ORGANS & IMPLANTS 3-0-0

BMT434 COMPUTATIONAL TECHNIQUES FOR 2-1-0


BIOMEDICAL SCIENCES

BMT444 MEDICAL ROBOTICS 3-0-0

BMT454 FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOMEMS & 3-0-0


MICROFLUIDICS

BMT464 QUANTITATIVE PHYSIOLOGY 3-0-0

BMT474 ADVANCED MEDICAL IMAGING & 3-0-0


IMAGE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES

77
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BMT416 VLSI DESIGN 3-0-0

BMT426 IMPLANTS & PROSTHETIC 3-0-0 3 3


C ENGINEERING

BMT436 RADIOLOGICAL EQUIPMENTS 3-0-0

BMT446 BIOMEDICAL TRANSPORT 3-0-0


PHENOMENA

BMT456 PATTERN RECOGNITION 3-0-0

BMT466 MECHATRONICS 3-0-0

BMT476 MEDICAL DEVICES, REGULATIONS & 3-0-0


QUALITY ASSURANCE
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BMT418 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN 3-0-0

BMT428 ASSISTIVE MEDICAL DEVICES 3-0-0 3 3


D
BMT438 REHABILITATION ENGINEERING 3-0-0

BMT448 INTRODUCTION TO 3-0-0


BIONANOTECHNOLOGY

BMT458 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING 3-0-0

BMT468 MODELLING OF PHYSIOLOGICAL 3-0-0


SYSTEMS

BMT478 HUMAN FACTORS IN ENGINEERING & 3-0-0


DESIGN

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based

78
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
⮚ In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
⮚ Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
⮚ Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
⮚ Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
⮚ Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
⮚ Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
⮚ Final Presentation before a Committee

Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75


Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator
and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from Industry/research
Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same committee will conduct
comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

79
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)

(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.

(iv)There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.

(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.

80
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below:

S Basket I Basket II Basket III


e (BIOMEDICAL IMAGING) (REHABILITATION (BIOMEDICAL
ENGINEERING) COMPUTATIONAL
m METHODS)
e Course Course Name H C Course Course Name H C Course Course Name H C
st No. O R No. O R No. O R
er U E U E U E
R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
S
S3 BMT281 MEDICAL PHYSICS 4 4 BMT283 BIOMATERIALS 4 4 BMT285 BASIC MEDICAL 4 4
SCIENCES FOR
ENGINEERS
S4 BMT282 PRINCIPLES OF 4 4 BMT284 ARTIFICIAL ORGANS 4 4 BMT286 NUMERICAL 4 4
RADIODIAGNOSIS & IMPALNTS TECHNIQUES IN
& RADIOTHERAPY BIOMEDICAL
ENGINEERING
S5 BMT381 MEDICAL 4 4 BMT383 REHABILITATION 4 4 BMT385 ARTIFICIAL 4 4
IMAGING ENGINEERING INTELLIGENCE &
TECHNIQUES MACHINE
LEARNING
TECHNIQUES
S6 BMT382 MEDICAL IMAGE 4 4 BMT384 IMPLANTS & 4 4 BMT386 PHYSIOLOGICAL 4 4
PROCESSING PROSTHETICS SYSTEM
ENGINEERING MODELLING
S7 BMD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BMD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BMD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 BMD482 MINIPROJECT 4 BMD482 MINIPROJECT 4 BMD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with

81
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
can opt to study the courses listed below:

82
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Group I Group II Group III

S H C H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
m No U E No U E No U E
R D R D R D
es S I S I S I
te T T T
r
S4 BMT292 BASIC SIGNALS 4 4 BMT294 BIOSENSORS 4 4 BMT296 OBJECT 4 4
& SYSTEMS ORIENTED
PROGRAMING
S5 BMT393 BIOSIGNAL 4 4 BMT395 BIOMEDICAL 4 4 BMT397 PROGRAMING 4 4
PROCESSING NANO USING PYTHON
TECHNOLOGY IN
SENSOR
DEVELOPMENT
S6 BMT394 DIGITAL SIGNAL 4 4 BMT396 ELECTRO 4 4 BMT398 DATA SCIENCE 4 4
PROCESSORS ANALYTICAL
TECHNIQUES
S7 BMT495 IMAGE & VIDEO 4 4 BMT497 MEMS 4 4 BMT499 ARTIFICIAL 4 4
PROCESSING INTELLEGENCE&
MACHINE
LEARNING
S8 BMD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BMD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BMD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

● Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
● Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
● Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
● Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.

83
BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
● Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

84
BIOTECHNOLOGY
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech BIOTECHNOLOGY
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

85
BIOTECHNOLOGY
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

86
BIOTECHNOLOGY
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA


15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

87
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

Note: To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to
each course

88
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

89
BIOTECHNOLOGY
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

90
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B BTT201 BIOPROCESS CALCULATIONS 3-1-0 4 4

C BTT203 MICROBIOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

D BTT205 FLUID FLOW AND PARTICLE 3-1-0 4 4


TECHNOLOGY
E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S BTL201 MICROBIOLOGY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T BTL203 FLUID FLOW AND PARTICLE 0-0-3 3 2


TECHNOLOGY LAB
R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

91
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS

B BTT202 CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL 3-1-0 4 4


REACTION ENGINEERING
C BTT204 PRINCIPLES OF BIOCHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

D BTT206 BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S BTL202 BIOCHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T BTL204 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES IN 0-0-3 3 2


BIOTECHNOLOGY LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

92
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A BTT301 INDUSTRIAL BIOPROCESS 3-1-0 4 4


TECHNOLOGY
B BTT303 MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS 3-1-0 4 4

C BTT305 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

D BTT307 THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT 3-1-0 4 4


TRANSFER
E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3
1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S BTL331 BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T BTL333 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

93
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A BTT302 BIOINFORMATICS 2-0-2 4 4

B BTT304 DOWNSTREAM PROCESSING 3-1-0 4 4

C BTT306 BIOREACTOR CONTROL AND 3-1-0 4 4


INSTRUMENTATION
D BTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F BTT308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S BTL332 DOWNSTREAM PROCESSING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T BTL334 HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BTT312 ANIMAL & PLANT CELL TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0


BTT322 ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES IN 2-1-0
BIOTECHNOLOGY 3 3
D BTT332 CELL BIOLOGY 2-1-0
BTT342 PROJECT ENGINEERING AND 2-1-0
PROCESS PLANT ECONOMICS
BTT352 BASICS IN IMMUNOLOGY 2-1-0
BTT362 BIOSTATISTICS 2-1-0
NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

94
BIOTECHNOLOGY
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

95
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A BTT401 PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND PLANT 2-1-0 3 3


DESIGN
B BTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C BTTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S BTL411 REACTION ENGINEERING AND 0-0-3 3 2


PROCESS CONTROL LAB
T BTQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U BTD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BTT413 ENERGY ENGINEERING 2-1-0


BTT423 GENETIC ENGINEERING 2-1-0
BTT433 PROTEOMICS & PROTEIN 2-1-0 3 3
B ENGINEERING
BTT443 BIO NANOTECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
BTT453 MODELING OF TRANSFER PROCESSES 2-1-0
BTT463 APPLIED MICROBIAL TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0

1. OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)


The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed
below are offered by the Department of BT for students of other undergraduate branches
offered in the college.

96
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BTT415 INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 2-1-0


BTT425 BASICS IN BIOINFORMATICS & DRUG 2-1-0
DESIGN 3 3
C BTT435 SUSTAINABLE ENERGY PROCESS 2-1-0
BTT445 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND 2-1-0
GENERAL SAFETY
BTT455 WASTE WATER ENGINEERING 2-1-0

1.*All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course (Mondays
from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student does not opt for minor/honours
programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and reliable information
from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline from technical publications including
peer reviewed journals, conference, books, project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central
theme and present it before a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20
minutes duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by a team
of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program, seminar coordinator and
seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical content, adequacy of references, depth of
knowledge and overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the students
themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The object of Project Work I
is to enable the student to take up investigative study in the broad field of Bio Technology either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the
Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected
to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/ Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator and project
supervisor.

97
BIOTECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A BTT402 ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 2-1-0 3 3

B BTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C BTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D BTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T BTT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U BTD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BTT414 FOOD PROCESS TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0


BTT424 BIOREFINERY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
BTT434 BIOPHARMACEUTICAL TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0 3 3
B BTT444 EFFLUENT/ WASTE WATER 2-1-0
TREATMENT
BTT454 DAIRY PROCESS TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
BTT464 OPERATIONAL RESEARCH 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BTT416 CANCER BIOLOGY 2-1-0


BTT426 ADVANCED SEPARATION PROCESSES 2-1-0
BTT436 BIOMATERIALS , TISSUE 2-1-0 3 3
C ENGINEERING & STEM CELLS
BTT446 BIOPROCESS INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
BTT456 DRUG DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 2-1-0
BTT466 CLINICAL RESEARCH & DRUG 2-1-0
TESTING

98
BIOTECHNOLOGY
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

BTT418 PROCESS SAFETY AND BIOETHICS 2-1-0


BTT428 BIOBUSINESS 2-1-0
BTT438 ENTREPRENEURSHIP & IPR 2-1-0 3 3
D BTT448 2-1-0
BIOPHYSICS & BIOSENSORS
BTT458 BIOPROCESS QUALITY CONTROL 2-1-0
BTT468 MODELLING AND SCALE UP OF 2-1-0
BIOREACTORS

NOTE

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;

99
BIOTECHNOLOGY
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee

Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75


Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

100
BIOTECHNOLOGY
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in BIOTECHNOLOGY branch can opt to study the courses listed below:

Se
me BASKET I BASKET II BASKET III
ste H C H C H C
r Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
No. U E No. U E No. U E
R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
S3 BTT281 UPSTREAM 4 4 BTT283 CELL BIOLOGY AND 4 4 BTT285 HEALTH SAFETY 4 4
PROCESSING BIOMOLECULES ENVIRONMENT
S4 BTT282 FERMENTATION 4 4 BTT284 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4 BTT286 PROCESS SAFETY 4 4
TECHNOLOGY MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
S5 BTT381 DOWN STREAM 4 4 BTT383 BIOINFORMATICS & 4 4 BTT385 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY 4 4
PROCESSING GENOMICS MANAGEMENT
TECHNOLOGY
S6 BTT382 PROCESS 4 4 BTT384 MOLECULAR 4 4 BTT386 ACCIDENT 4 4
VALIDATION AND DIAGNOSTICS & DRUG INVESTIGATION
QUALITY CONTROL DESIGN
S7 BTD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BTD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BTD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 BTD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BTD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BTD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

101
BIOTECHNOLOGY
HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.

102
BIOTECHNOLOGY
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in Biotechnology can opt to
study the courses listed below

GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III

S H C H C H C
e Course COURSE NAME O R Course COURSE NAME O R Course COURSE NAME O R
m No U E No U E No U E
R D R D R D
es S I S I S I
te T T T
r
S4 BTT292 CELL SIGNALLING 4 4 BTT294 BIORESOURCE 4 4 BTT296 BIOPROCESS 4 4
TECHNOLOGY INSTRUMENTATION
S5 BTT393 IMMUNO 4 4 BTT395 ENVIRONMENTAL 4 4 BTT397 MODELING OF 4 4
TECHNOLOGY POLLUTION BIOREACTORS
MONITORING AND
CONTROL
S6 BTT394 CLINICAL 4 4 BTT396 HAZARDOUS 4 4 BTT398 NUMERICAL 4 4
IMMUNOLOGY/ WASTE TECHNIQUES IN
MOLECULAR MANAGEMENT BIOPROCESSES
MEDICINE
S7 BTT495 MOLECULAR 4 4 BTT497 BIOPROCESS 4 4 BTT499 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS 4 4
MODELING AND SAFETY AND OF BIOREACTORS
SIMULATION HAZARD
ASSESSMENT
S8 BTD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BTD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 BTD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their

103
BIOTECHNOLOGY
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

104
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum.

Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as below:


Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

105
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the following table.
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

106
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA


15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

107
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

Note: To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to
each course

108
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:
1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

109
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

110
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3-1-0 4 4

B CHT 201 CHEMISTRY FOR PROCESS 3-1-0 4 4


ENGINEERING
C CHT 203 CHEMICAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES 3-1-0 4 4

D CHT 205 FLUID AND PARTICLE MECHANICS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST 200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT 200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN 201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S CHL 201 CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY & 0-0-3 3 2


ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING LAB
T CHL 203 CHEMISTRY LAB FOR PROCESS 0-0-3 3 2
ENGINEERING
R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

111
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS 3-1-0 4 4

B CHT 202 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4


THERMODYNAMICS
C CHT 204 HEAT TRANSFER OPERATIONS 3-1-0 4 4

D CHT 206 PARTICLE TECHNOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

E EST 200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT 200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN 202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S CHL 202 FLUID AND PARTICLE MECHANICS 0-0-3 3 2


LAB
T CHL 204 PARTICLE TECHNOLOGY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

112
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A CHT 301 MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS-I 3-1-0 4 4

B CHT 303 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4

C CHT 305 CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4

D CHT 307 INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS 3-1-0 4 4


CONTROL
E HUT 300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3
1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT 310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN 301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S CHL 331 HEAT TRANSFER OPERATIONS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T CHL 333 PROCESS CONTROL LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

113
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A CHT 302 MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS-II 3-1-0 4 4

B CHT 304 TRANSPORT PHENOMENA 3-1-0 4 4

C CHT 306 CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

D CHT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT 300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT 310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F CHT 308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S CHL 332 MASS TRANSFER OPERATIONS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T CHL 334 CHEMICAL REACTION ENGINEERING 0-0-3 3 2


LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

CHT312 BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 2-1-0


CHT322 ENERGY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
CHT332 NUMERICAL METHODS FOR PROCESS 2-1-0 3 3
D ENGINEERS
CHT342 MATERIAL SCIENCE AND 2-1-0
ENGINEERING
CHT352 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 2-1-0
CHT362 PROCESS INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
CHT372 CATALYST SCIENCE AND CATALYTIC 2-1-0
PROCESSES
NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

114
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

115
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A CHT 401 CHEMICAL PROCESS EQUIPMENT 2-1-0 3 3


DESIGN I
B CHT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C CHT XXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN 401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S CHL 411 PROCESS SIMULATION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T CHQ 413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U CHD 415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

CHT413 FOOD PROCESSING AND 2-1-0


TECHNOLOGY
CHT423 OIL AND NATURAL GAS 2-1-0 3 3
B ENGINEERING
CHT433 PROCESS MODELLING AND 2-1-0
SIMULATION
CHT443 CORROSION ENGINEERING 2-1-0
CHT453 PROJECT ENGINEERING 2-1-0
CHT463 INTRODUCTION TO DATA ANALYSIS 2-1-0
CHT473 FLUIDIZATION ENGINEERING 2-1-0

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed
below are offered by the Department of CHEMICAL ENGINEERING for students of other
undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU.

116
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

CHT415 ENERGY TECHNOLOGY AND 2-1-0


ENERGY MANAGEMENT
CHT 425 PETROLEUM RESOURCES AND 2-1-0
C PETROCHEMICALS 3 3
CHT 435 PROCESS SAFETY 2-1-0
ENGINEERING
CHT 445 PIPING AND PIPELINE DESIGN 2-1-0
FOR PROCESS INDUSTRIES

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Chemical Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical or
involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on a
group of three/four students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected
to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to
normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;

117
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

118
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A CHT 402 CHEMICAL PROCESS EQUIPMENT 2-1-0 3 3


DESIGN II
B CHT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C CHT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D CHT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T CHT 404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U CHD 416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

CHT414 AIR POLLUTION MONITORING & 2-1-0


CONTROL
CHT424 PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 3
B CHT434 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS 2-1-0
CHT444 POLYMER TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
CHT454 PROCESS UTILITY AND PIPING 2-1-0
ENGINEERING
CHT464 DRUGS AND PHARMACEUTICALS 2-1-0
TECHNOLOGY
CHT474 ELECTROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

CHT416 ECONOMICS & MANAGEMENT OF 2-1-0


CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES
CHT426 PETROCHEMICALS AND FERTILIZERS 2-1-0 3 3
C CHT436 MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN 2-1-0
PROCESS ENGINEERING
CHT446 COMPOSITE MATERIALS 2-1-0
CHT456 CERAMIC TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
CHT466 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
CHT476 ENZYME ENGINEERING 2-1-0

119
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

CHT418 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT 2-1-0


CHT428 NONCONVENTIONAL PETROLEUM 2-1-0
RESOURCES 3 3
D CHT438 PROCESS OPTIMIZATION 2-1-0
CHT448 NANOMATERIALS AND 2-1-0
NANOTECHNOLOGY
CHT458 SAFETY ENGINEERING OF PROCESS 2-1-0
PLANTS
CHT468 NOVEL SEPARATION TECHNIQUES 2-1-0
CHT478 FUEL CELL TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0

NOTE
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.
3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;

120
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department).

MINOR
Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

121
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in CHEMICAL ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below:

S
e BASKET I BASKET II BASKET III
Minor in Chemical Engineering Minor in Chemical Engineering Minor in Chemical Engineering
m (Process Safety) (Petroleum and Petrochemicals) (Materials Science and
e Engineering)
st H C H C H C
er Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
No. U E No. U E No. U E
R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
S3 CHT281 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4 CHT281 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4 CHT281 INTRODUCTION 4 4
CHEMICAL CHEMICAL TO CHEMICAL
ENGINEERING ENGINEERING ENGINEERING
S4 CHT 282 SAFETY 4 4 CHT 284 FUNDAMENTALS OF 4 4 CHT 286 MATERIAL 4 4
ENGINEERING OF OIL AND NATURAL SCIENCE AND
PROCESS PLANTS GAS ENGINEERING ENGINEERING
S5 CHT 381 OCCUPATIONAL 4 4 CHT 383 PETROLEUM 4 4 CHT 385 POLYMER 4 4
HEALTH AND REFINERY TECHNOLOGY
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
HYGIENE
S6 CHT 382 HAZARD AND RISK 4 4 CHT 384 PETROCHEMICAL 4 4 CHT 386 NANO MATERIALS 4 4
ASSESSMENT TECHNOLOGY AND NANO
TECHNOLOGY
S7 CHD 481 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CHD 481 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CHD 481 MINI PROJECT 4 4

S8 CHD 482 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CHD 482 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CHD 482 MINI PROJECT 4 4

122
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.

123
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
can opt to study the courses listed below:

GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III

S H C H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
m No U E No U E No U E
R D R D R D
es S I S I S I
te T T T
r
S4 CHT292 COMPUTATIONAL 4 4 CHT 294 INSTRUMENTAL 4 4 CHT 296 MODERN METHODS 4 4
METHODS IN METHODS FOR OF
CHEMICAL ENVIRONMENTAL INSTRUMENTATION
ENGINEERING ENGINEERING
S5 CHT393 ADVANCED HEAT 4 4 CHT 395 PHYSICO 4 4 CHT 397 SOFT COMPUTING 4 4
TRANSFER CHEMICAL TECHNIQUES
METHODS IN
ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINEERING
S6 CHT394 CHEMICAL 4 4 CHT 396 ADVANCED 4 4 CHT 398 MODERN CONTROL 4 4
REACTION WASTEWATER THEORY
ENGINEERING II TREATMENT
TECHNIQUES
S7 CHT495 PROCESS 4 4 CHT 497 PROCESS DESIGN 4 4 CHT 499 ADVANCED PROCESS 4 4
INTEGRATION FOR CONTROL
WASTEWATER
TREATMENT
S8 CHD49 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CHD 496 MINI PROJECT 4 CHD 496 MINI PROJECT 4 4
6

INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their

124
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
batch mates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

125
CIVIL ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.TECH CIVIL ENGINEERING

Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in table below.
Sl. Category Code Credit
No s

1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8


courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

126
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming, Workshop, Basic
Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering, Thermodynamics, , Design
Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities, Professional
Communication, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional Communication, Economics
etc.
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of Indian
Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three numerals like E C
L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the course. EC stands for course in
Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a course in Mathematics, course code ES refers
to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the
Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in which the course
is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four year duration. Of the other two
digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered normally in the odd (odd number), even (even
number) or in both the semesters (zero). The middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory
course offered in EC department for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the
first semester, EET 344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a
course in Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the curriculum and syllabi.

127
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Departments
Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.
Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.N Department Course Sl.No Department Course


o Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC


Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & EC 27 Polymer Engg PO


Communication
13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA


15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

128
CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLO COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOUR CREDIT


T NO. S
A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND 3-1-0 4 4
CALCULUS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL 0-0-2 2 1


1/2 WORKSHOP
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:
To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to
each course

129
CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLO COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOUR CREDI


T NO. S T

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, 3-1-0 4 4


DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL 2-0-2 4 --
COMMUNICATION
F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:
1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters. Institutions
can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the Institution to opt
for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in S2 & vice versa. Students opting for
Engineering Physics B in a semester should attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students
opting for Engineering Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the
same semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters. Institutions
can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the Institution to opt
for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering shall be
offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering contain equal weightage for
Civil Engineering and Mechanical Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each
and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT,
RA can choose this course in S1.

130
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical Engineering
and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of
50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME, MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY,
BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course in S1. Students having Basics of Civil &
Mechanical Engineering in one semester should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same
semester and students having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should
attend Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful and
positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being aware of the
self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete, leading and generating
change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is
designed to enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by introducing
them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success, and help them acquire the
skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence in
English required for independent and effective communication for their professional needs. Coverage:
Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in
the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading practice, Use of extensive
readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing Professional Correspondence, Formal and
informal letters, Tone in formal writing, Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus
etc., Importance of contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

131
CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION
A MAT201 AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS 3-1-0 4 4

B CET201 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 3-1-0 4 4

C CET203 FLUID MECHANICS& HYDRAULICS 3-1-0 4 4

D CET205 SURVEYING & GEOMATICS 4-0-0 4 4

EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


E
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --


CIVIL ENGINEERING PLANNING
S CEL201 0-0-3 3 2
&DRAFTING LAB
T CEL203 SURVEY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC Remedial/Minor course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4. Institutions can
advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for
Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 & vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course (Thursdays from 3
to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for minor programme, he/she can
be given remedial class.

132
CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND
A NUMERICAL METHODS 3-1-0 4 4

B CET202 ENGINEERING GEOLOGY 3-0-1 4 4

C CET204 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING – I 4-0-0 4 4

D CET206 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING 4-0-0 4 4

EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


E
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S CEL202 MATERIAL TESTING LAB– I 0-0-3 3 2

T CEL204 FLUID MECHANICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4. Institutions can
advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for
Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 & vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course (Thursdays from
3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for minor programme, he/she
can be given remedial class.

133
CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A CET301 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS – I 3-1-0 4 4

B CET303 DESIGN OF CONCRETE STRUCTURES 3-1-0 4 4

C CET305 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING – II 4-0-0 4 4


HYDROLOGY & WATER RESOURCES
D CET307 4-0-0 4 4
ENGINEERING
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY&
E CET309 3-0-0 3 3
MANAGEMENT
F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S CEL331 MATERIAL TESTING LAB – II 0-0-3 3 2

T CEL333 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

134
CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A CET302 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS – II 3-1-0 4 4

B CET304 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 4-0-0 4 4

C CET306 DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC STRUCTURES 4-0-0 4 4

D CETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 3-0-0 3 3


E INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS &
HUT300 3-0-0 3 3
FOREIGN TRADE
F CET308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S CEL332 TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T CEL334 CIVIL ENGINEERING SOFTWARE LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

CET312 ADVANCED COMPUTATIONAL


3-0-0
METHODS
CET322 GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION 3-0-0 3 3
D CET332 TRAFFIC ENGINEERING &
3-0-0
MANAGEMENT
CET342 MECHANICS OF FLUID FLOW 3-0-0
CET352 ADVANCED CONCRETE TECHNOLOGY 3-0-0
CET362 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
3-0-0
ASSESSMENT
CET372 FUNCTIONAL DESIGN OF BUILDINGS 3-0-0

135
CIVIL ENGINEERING
NOTE:
1. **All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 2 to 4 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honors programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of study shall
have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective type similar to the
GATE examination and will be conducted online by the University. Syllabus for comprehensive
examination shall be prepared by the respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from
semester 3 to 5. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a
faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

136
CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A CET401 DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES 3-0-0 3 3

B CETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 3-0-0 3 3

C CETXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 3-0-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S CEL411 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGG LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T CEQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U CED415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


CET413 PRESTRESSED CONCRETE 3-0-0
CET423 GROUND IMPROVEMENT
3-0-0
TECHNIQUES
CET433 HIGHWAY MATERIALS AND DESIGN 3-0-0
CET443 APPLIED HYDROLOGY 3-0-0
CET453 CONSTRUCTION PLANNING & 3 3
3-0-0
MANAGEMENT
B
CET463 ADVANCED ENVIRONMENTAL
3-0-0
ENGINEERING
CET473 OPTIMISATION TECHNIQUES IN CIVIL
3-0-0
ENGINEERING

OPEN ELECTIVE
The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses (maximum 5) they
would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed below are offered by the
Department of CIVIL ENGINEERING for students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college.

137
CIVIL ENGINEERING

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOUR CREDIT


NO. S
CET415 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
2-1-0
ASSESSMENT
CET425 APPLIED EARTH SYSTEMS 2-1-0
C CET435 INFORMATICS FOR INFRASTRUCTURE 3 3
2-1-0
MANAGEMENT
CET445 DISASTER MAAGEMENT 2-1-0
CET455 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH AND
2-1-0
SAFETY
CET465 GEOINFORMATICS 2-1-0

NOTE:
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honors course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and reliable
information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline from technical
publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books, project reports etc., prepare a
report based on a central theme and present it before a peer audience. Each student shall
present the seminar for about 20 minutes duration on the selected topic. The report and the
presentation shall be evaluated by a team of internal members comprising three senior faculty
members based on style of presentation, technical content, adequacy of references, depth of
knowledge and overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the students
themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The object of Project
Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative study in the broad field of Civil
Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to
be assigned by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a
Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The
assignment to normally include:
⮚ Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
⮚ Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work;
⮚ Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
⮚ Block level design documentation
⮚ Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/ Design/ Feasibility;
⮚ Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the Department;
⮚ Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.

138
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator and project
supervisor.

139
CIVIL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A CET402 QUANTITY SURVEYING & VALUATION 3-0-0 3 3

B CETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 3-0-0 3 3

C CETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 3-0-0 3 3

D CETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 3-0-0 3 3

E CET404 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE 1-0-0 1 1

U CED416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours course 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


CET414 ADVANCED STRUCTURAL DESIGN 3-0-0
CET424 GEOENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 3-0-0
CET434 RAILWAY AND TUNNEL ENGINEERING 3-0-0
CET444 IRRIGATION & DRAINAGE
3-0-0
ENGINEERING
3 3
CET454 CONSTRUCTION METHODS &
B 3-0-0
EQUIPMENT
CET464 AIRQUALITY MANAGEMENT 3-0-0
CET474 URBAN PLANNING & ARCHITECTURE 3-0-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


CET416 BRIDGE ENGINEERING 3-0-0
CET426 ADVANCED FOUNDATION DESIGN 3-0-0
CET436 TRANSPORTATION PLANNING 3-0-0
INFORMATICS FOR INFRASTRUCTURE
CET446 3-0-0
MANAGEMENT
3 3
REPAIR AND REHABILITATION OF
C CET456 3-0-0
BUILDINGS
CET466 ENVIRONMENTAL REMOTESENSING 3-0-0
CET476 BULDING SERVICES 3-0-0

140
CIVIL ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


CET418 EARTHQUAKERESISTANT DESIGN 3-0-0
CET428 SOIL STRUCTURE INTERACTION 3-0-0
AIRPORT, SEAPORT AND HARBOUR
CET438 3-0-0
ENGINEERING
CET448 HYDROCLIMATOLOGY 3-0-0 3 3
D CET458 SUSTAINABLE CONSTRUCTION 3-0-0
CET468 CLIMATE CHANGE & SUSTAINABILITY 3-0-0
CET478 BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING 3-0-0

NOTE
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does not opt for
minor/honors programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester of study shall
have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based on the syllabus mentioned
for comprehensive course work in the sixth semester. The viva voce will be conducted by the
same three member committee assigned for final project phase II evaluation towards the end of
the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a
faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum. The mark will be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal
marks of other courses.
3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student to extend
further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully theoretical/practical or involving
both theoretical and practical work, under the guidance of a Supervisor from the Department
alone or jointly with a Supervisor drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to
provide a good training for the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment
to normally include:
⮚ In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under PhaseI;
⮚ Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
⮚ Detailed Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Design/ Problem Solving/ Experiment as
needed;
⮚ Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and future directions;
⮚ Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if possible;
⮚ Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the Department;
⮚ Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from Industry/research Institute

141
CIVIL ENGINEERING
and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same committee will conduct comprehensive
course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of additional learning in
a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The objective is to permit a student to
customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific interests. Upon completion of an Engineering
Minor, a student will be better equipped to perform interdisciplinary research and will be better
employable. Engineering Minors allow a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to
concepts and perspectives that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or other
activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist basket of 3-6 courses is
identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more foundation courses. A basket may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates
credits by registering for the required courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met
within the time limit for the course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree
Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned
during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The individual course credits
earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included in the
curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be identified by M slot
courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits required is 182
(162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three courses listed in
the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the chosen area. They can
do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs
recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in
the curriculum. The classes for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall
be required for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all academic units
offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The courses shall be grouped into
maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may
rest on basic courses in the basket. Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In
any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have
registered for B.Tech Minor in CIVIL ENGINEERING Branch can opt to study the courses listed below:

142
CIVIL ENGINEERING
S
e BASKET I BASKET II BASKET III
m H C H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
st No. U E No. U E No. U E
er R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
Building
Introduction to Informatics for
construction &
S3 CET281 4 4 CET283 Geotechnical 4 4 CET285 Infrastructure 4 4
structural Management
Engineering
systems
Introduction to Climate change
Building
S4 CET282 4 4 CET284 Transportation 4 4 CET286 & hazard 4 4
drawing Engineering mitigation
Eco-friendly Sustainability
Structural
S5 CET381 4 4 CET383 transportation 4 4 CET385 analysis & 4 4
mechanics
systems design
Geotechnical
investigation & Environmental
Estimation &
S6 CET382 4 4 CET384 ground 4 4 CET386 4 4
costing health& safety
improvement
techniques

S7 CED481 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CED481 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CED481 MINI PROJECT 4 4

S8 CED482 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CED482 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CED482 MINI PROJECT 4 4

HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits needed for this
in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing this option for academically
extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended for a student to gain expertise/specialise
in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in
the branch of engineering concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies.
Upon completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his branch of
engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, this will be mentioned in
the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in
the consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned
during the course of the programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned,
however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a particular
specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same group in all semesters.
It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently. The
internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be exactly as for other mandatory courses. The
Honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BOS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included in
the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The honours courses shall be
identified by H slot courses.

143
CIVIL ENGINEERING
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three courses
listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the
chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs
recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the Academic Council or through
courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Honours shall be conducted along with
regular classes and no extra time shall be required for conducting the courses. The students
should earn a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of Technology
in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than or equal to 8.5, earned a
grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all academic
units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The courses
shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a particular
specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same group in all
semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be
changed subsequently. In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen
area in S8. Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in CIVIL ENGINEERING can opt
to study the courses listed below:

S
e GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III
m H C H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
st No. U E No. U E No. U E
er R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
ADVANCED PAVEMENT 4 4
S GEOGRAPHICAL
CONSTRUCTION
CET292 MECHANICS OF 4 4 CET294 4 4 CET296 INFORMATION
4 AND
SOLIDS SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT
S TRANSPORTATION GROUND WATER 4 4
STRUCTURAL
CET393 4 4 CET395 SYSTEMS 4 4 CET397
5 DYNAMICS HYDROLOGY
MANAGEMENT
EARTH DAMS AND ENVIRONMENTAL 4 4
S FINITE ELEMENT
CET394
METHODS
4 4 CET396 EARTH RETAINING 4 4 CET398 POLLUTION
6 STRUCTURES MODELLING
ENVIRONMENTAL 4 4
MODERN SOIL DYNAMICS
S POLLUTION
CET495 CONSTRUCTION 4 4 CET497 AND MACHINE 4 4 CET499
7 MATERIALS FOUNDATIONS CONTROL
TECHNIQUES
S 4 4
CED496 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CED496 MINI PROJECT 4 4 CED496 MINI PROJECT
8

144
CIVIL ENGINEERING
INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique three-week
immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which includes a wide range of
activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports tournaments, social work and much
more. The programme is designed to mould students into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized
to local and global conditions and foster their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to
discover their passion. Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with
their batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured around
the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

● Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral fortitude.
● Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by expressing themselves
through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other creative activities.
● Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and group
communication.
● Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and our place in
at as concerned citizens of the world.
● Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure healthy
physical and mental growth.

145
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
Computer Science and Engineering

CURRICULUM FROM SEMESTERS I TO VIII


Every course of B. Tech. Programme shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in
table below.

Sl.
Category Code Credits
No
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management
1 HMC 5
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26

3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22


4 Program Core Courses PCC 79
5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3


7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC --


9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162


10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than five lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall
be as below:

Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total
Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity Points 50 50 ---


Credits for Activity 2 2

G.Total 162

Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering Science Courses: Engineering Graphics, Programming in C, Basics of


Electrical and Electronics Engineering, Basics of Civil and Mechanical Engineering,

146
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Engineering Mechanics, Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering,


Workshops etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,


Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory Non-credit Courses: Environmental Science, Constitution of India/Essence of


Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, Disaster Management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like CSL 201. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the course.
CS stands for course in Computer Science & Engineering, course code MA refers to a course
in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third letter
stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the following table.

Code Description
Theory based courses (other than lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
T
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
L
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major-, Mini- Projects)

Q Seminar courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four year
duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (non-zero even number) or in both the semesters
(zero). The middle number could be any digit. CSL 201 is a laboratory course offered in
Computer Science and Engineering department for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in
Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET 344 is a theory course in Electrical
Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in Physics offered both the
first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering offered by one or many
departments in the second semester. These course numbers are to be given in the curriculum
and syllabi.

147
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Departments
Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Sl. Course Sl. Course


Department Department
No. Prefix No. Prefix
1 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT
Applied Electronics &
2 AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC
Instrumentation
3 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC
4 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA
5 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME
6 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR
7 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT
8 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU
9 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical (Prod) MP
10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB
11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH
Electronics &
12 EC 27 Polymer Engg PO
Communication
13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE
14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

148
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

SEMESTER I

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

LINEAR ALGEBRA AND


A MAT 101 3-1-0 4 4
CALCULUS

B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2 EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

B A S I C S OF C I V I L &
EST 120 M E C H A N I C A L 4-0-0 4 4
D ENGINEERING
1/2 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL &
EST 130 E L E C T R O N I C S 4-0-0 4 4
ENGINEERING

E HUN 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

ENGINEERING PHYSICS
PHL 120 0-0-2 2 1
S LAB
1/2 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
CYL 120 0-0-2 2 1
LAB

CIVIL & MECHANICAL


ESL 120 0-0-2 2 1
T WORKSHOP
1/2 ELECTRICAL &
ESL 130 0-0-2 2 1
ELECTRONICS WORKSHOP

TOTAL 23/24 17

149
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

SEMESTER II

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

VECTOR CALCULUS,
A MAT 102 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 3-1-0 4 4
AND TRANSFORMS

B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4


1/2 CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

B A S I C S OF C I V I L &
EST 120 M E C H A N I C A L 4-0-0 4 4
D ENGINEERING
1/2
BASICS OF ELECTRICAL &
EST 130 E L E C T R O N I C S 4-0-0 4 4
ENGINEERING

PROFESSIONAL
E HUT 102 2-0-2 4 --
COMMUNICATION

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

ENGINEERING PHYSICS
PHL 120 0-0-2 2 1
S LAB
1/2
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
CYL 120 0-0-2 2 1
LAB

CIVIL & MECHANICAL


ESL 120 0-0-2 2 1
T WORKSHOP
1/2
ELECTRICAL &
ESL 130 0-0-2 2 1
ELECTRONICS WORKSHOP

TOTAL 28/29 21

150
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics A and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in
the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics A in S1 and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics A in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in
the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in S1 and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.

3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA
can choose this course in S1.

Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of
25 each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE,
IE, ME, MECHATRONICS, PE, METALLURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can
choose this course in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering
in one semester should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester
and students having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester
should attend Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful
and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being
aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete, leading
and generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is being aimed
at. This course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the
students by introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence in
English required for independent and effective communication for their professional needs.
Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive listening

151
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
practice, Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in
speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion
practice, Reading, Speed reading practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical
reading practice, Writing Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in
formal writing, Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc.,
Importance of contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

SEMESTER III

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL
A MAT 203 3-1-0 4 4
STRUCTURES

B CST 201 DATA STRUCTURES 3-1-0 4 4

C CST 203 LOGIC SYSTEM DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

OBJECTORIENTED
D CST 205 PROGRAMMING USING 3-1-0 4 4
JAVA

EST 200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


E
(1/2)
HUT 200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

SUSTAINABLE
F MNC 201 2-0-0 2 --
ENGINEERING

S CSL 201 DATA STRUCTURES LAB 0-0-3 3 2

O B J EC T O R I E N T E D
T CSL 203 PROGRAMMING LAB (IN 0-0-3 3 2
JAVA)

R/M VAC Remedial/Minor course 3-1-0 4 4

TOTAL 26* 22/26

* Excluding Hours to be engaged for Remedial/Minor course.

152
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

SEMESTER IV

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

A MAT 206 GRAPH THEORY 3-1-0 4 4

C O M P U T E R
B CST 202 O R G A N I S A T I O N A N D 3-1-0 4 4
ARCHITECTURE

DATABASE MANAGEMENT
C CST 204 3-1-0 4 4
SYSTEMS

D CST 206 OPERATING SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST 200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


(1/2) HUT 200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MNC 202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S CSL 202 DIGITAL LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T CSL204 OPERATING SYSTEMS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/
VAC Remedial/Minor/Honors course 3-1-0 4 4
H

TOTAL 26* 22/26

* Excluding Hours to be engaged for Remedial/Minor/Honors course.

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in
the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

153
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

SEMESTER V

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

FORMAL LANGUAGES AND


A CST 301 3-1-0 4 4
AUTOMATA THEORY

B CST 303 COMPUTER NETWORKS 3-1-0 4 4

C CST 305 SYSTEM SOFTWARE 3-1-0 4 4

MICROPROCESSORS AND
D CST 307 3-1-0 4 4
MICROCONTROLLERS

MANAGEMENT OF
E CST 309 3-0-0 3 3
SOFTWARE SYSTEMS

F MNC 301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

SYSTEM SOFTWARE AND


S CSL 331 0-0-4 4 2
MICROPROCESSORS LAB

DATABASE MANAGEMENT
T CSL 333 0-0-4 4 2
SYSTEMS LAB

R/M/ Remedial/Minor/Honors course*


VAC 2-0-0 4 4
H

TOTAL 29* 23/27

* Excluding Hours to be engaged for Remedial/Minor/Honors course.

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/ Honors course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honors programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

154
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VI

COURS
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
E NO.

A CST 302 COMPILER DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4


COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND
B CST 304 3-1-0 4 4
IMAGE PROCESSING

ALGORITHM ANA LYSIS


C CST 306 3-1-0 4 4
AND DESIGN

D CST --- PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS
E HUT 300 3-0-0 3 3
& FOREIGN TRADE

COMPREHENSIVE COURSE
F CST 308 1-0-0 1 1
WORK

S CSL 332 NETWORKING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T CSD 334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/ Remedial/Minor/Honors course*


VAC 3-1-0 4 4
H

TOTAL 25* 23/27

* Excluding Hours to be engaged for Remedial/Minor/Honors course.

Note:

Electives: This curriculum envisages to offer a learner an opportunity to earn proficiency in


one of the five trending areas in Computer Science, namely Machine Learning, Data Science,
Security in Computing, Formal Methods in Software Engineering and Hardware
Technologies. Three courses each from the above areas are included through Elective
Courses in different Elective Buckets. For example, a learner who is interested in the
Machine Learning area may opt to take the elective courses - Foundations of Machine
Learning from Elective-I in S6, Machine Learning from Elective-II in S7 and Deep
Learning from Elective-III in S8. The Department may offer Elective Courses to enable
students to utilize this opportunity, depending on the availability of faculty. The courses
included from these areas under various Elective Buckets are shown in the table below.

155
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

Different Specializations introduced through various Elective Buckets

Bucke Semester
Specialisation
t S6 S7 S8
FOUNDATIONS OF
MACHINE DEEP LEARNING
1 Machine Learning M A C H I N E
LEARNING (E-I) LEARNING (E-II) (E-III)

BLOCK CHAIN
DATA ANALYTICS C L O U D
2 Data Science TECHNOLOGIES
(E-I) COMPUTING (E-II)
(E-V)
FOUNDATIONS OF
3 Security in Computing SECURITY IN CRYPTOGRAPHY
SECURITY IN
COMPUTING (E-II) (E-III)
COMPUTING (E-I)

MODEL BASED
A U TO MAT E D S O F T W A R E
Formal Methods in S O F T WA R E
4 VERIFICATION (E-
Software Engineering D E V E L O P M E N T TESTING (E-V)
I)
(E-II)
IN TRODUCT ION A D VA N C E D U N I F I E D
TO IA32 TOPICS IN IA32 E X T E N D E D
5 Hardware Technologies
ARCHITECT URE AR CH ITE CTURE F I R M WA R E
(E-I) (E-II) INTERFACE (E-IV)

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

i F O U N D A T I ON S O F
CST 312 2-1-0
MACHINE LEARNING

CST 322 ii DATA ANALYTICS 2-1-0

i i i F O U N D A T I O N S OF
CST 332 2-1-0
SECURITY IN COMPUTING

ivAUTOMATED
CST 342 2-1-0
VERIFICATION 3 3
D v INTRODUCTION TO IA32
CST 352 2-1-0
ARCHITECTURE

vi PROGRAMMING IN
CST 362 2-1-0
PYTHON

vii DATA AND COMPUTER


CST 372 2-1-0
COMMUNICATION

156
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

COURSES TO BE CONSIDERED FOR COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK


I DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES
ii DATA STRUCTURES
iii OPERATING SYSTEMS
iv COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE
v DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
vi FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA THEORY

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honors


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honors programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

2. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing the above listed 6 core courses studied from semesters 3 to
5. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a
faculty and classes shall be arranged for practicing questions based on the core
courses listed in the curriculum.

3. Mini project: It is introduced in the sixth semester with a specific objective to


strengthen the understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application
of theoretical concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the
horizon of their thinking. The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a
problem by applying theoretical knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-
solving skills. Student Groups with 3 or 4 members should identify a topic of interest
in consultation with Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather information
pertaining to the chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology to
achieve the objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to
achieve the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two
reviews. The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A
project report is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be

157
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

demonstrated for its full design specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability
considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic aspects taken care of in the project shall be given
due weight. The internal evaluation will be made based on the product, the report and
a viva-voce examination, conducted internally by a 3 member committee appointed
by Head of the Department comprising HoD or a senior faculty member, Mini Project
coordinator for that program and project guide.
Total marks: 150 - CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks

Split up for CIE

Attendance 10

Project Guide 15

Project Report 10

Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and


demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) 40

SEMESTER VII

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

A CST 401 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 2-1-0 3 3

B CST --- PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C CST --- OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

INDUSTRIAL SAFETY
D MNC 401 2-1-0 3 ---
ENGINEERING

S CSL 411 COMPILER LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T CSQ 413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U CSD 415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/ Remedial/Minor/Honors
VAC 3-1-0 4 4
H course*

TOTAL 24* 15/19

* Excluding Hours to be engaged for Remedial/Minor/Honors course.

158
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

CST 413 i MACHINE LEARNING 2-1-0

CST 423 ii CLOUD COMPUTING 2-1-0

iii SECURITY IN
CST 433 2-1-0
COMPUTING

iv MOD EL BASED
CST 443 2-1-0
SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT 3 3
B
v ADVANCED TOPICS IN
CST 453 2-1-0
IA32 ARCHITECTURE

CST 463 vi WEB PROGRAMMING 2-1-0

vii NATURAL LANGUAGE


CST 473 2-1-0
PROCESSING

OPEN ELECTIVE

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed
below are offered by the Department of COMPUTER SCIENCE & ENGINEERING for
students of other undergraduate branches except Computer Science & Engineering and
Information Technology, offered in the colleges under KTU.

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

i INTRODUCTION TO
CST 415 2-1-0
MOBILE COMPUTING

ii INTRODUCTION TO DEEP
CST 425 2-1-0
LEARNING

CST 435 iii COMPUTER GRAPHICS 2-1-0 3 3


B
iv PYTHON FOR
CST 445 2-1-0
ENGINEERS

v OBJECT ORIENTED
CST 455 2-1-0
CONCEPTS

159
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

NOTE:

1. All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honors


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honors programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information about their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline,
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conferences, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before a
peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes duration
on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by a team of
faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program, seminar
coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical content,
adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the report.

Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50

Attendance 10

Seminar Guide 20

Technical Content of the Report 30

Presentation 40

3. Project Phase-I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the
students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The
objective of Project Work Phase-I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Computer Science and Engineering, either fully theoretical/
practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the
Department on a group of three/four students, under the mentoring of a Project
Guide(s). This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D
work. The assignment shall normally include:

➢ Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;


➢ Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
➢ Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
➢ Block level design documentation
➢ Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;

160
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
➢ Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
➢ Final project presentation before the concerned departmental committee.

Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50

Project Guide(s) 30

Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee 20

Final project presentation 30

Final evaluation by the evaluation committee 20

The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project


coordinator and project guide(s).

SEMESTER VIII

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

A CST 402 DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING 2-1-0 3 3

3
B CST --- PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3

3
C CST --- PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3

D CST --- PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

COMPREHENSIVE COURSE
T CST 404 1-0-0 1 1
VIVA

U CSD 416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/
VAC Remedial/Minor/Honors course 3-1-0 4 4
H

TOTAL 25* 17/21

* Excluding Hours to be engaged for Remedial/Minor/Honors course.

161
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

CST 414 i DEEP LEARNING 2-1-0

ii PROGRAMMING
CST 424 2-1-0
PARADIGMS

CST 434 iii CRYPTOGRAPHY 2-1-0

CST 444 iv SOFT COMPUTING 2-1-0 3 3


B
v FUZZY SET THEORY AND
CST 454 2-1-0
APPLICATIONS

CST 464 vi EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 2-1-0

CST 474 vii COMPUTER VISION 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

i FORMAL METHODS AND


CST 416 TO O L S I N S O F T WA R E 2-1-0
ENGINEERING

ii CLIE NT SERVER
CST 426 2-1-0
ARCHITECTURE

C CST 436 iii PARALLEL COMPUTING 2-1-0


3 3
iv DATA COMPRESSION
CST 446 2-1-0
TECHNIQUES

v UNIFIED EXTENDED
CST 456 2-1-0
FIRMWARE INTERFACE

CST 466 vi DATA MINING 2-1-0

CST 476 vii MOBILE COMPUTING 2-1-0

162
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.

i HIGH PERFORMANCE
CST 418 2-1-0
COMPUTING

ii BLOCK CHAIN
CST 428 2-1-0
TECHNOLOGIES

iii IMAGE PROCESSING


D CST 438 2-1-0
TECHNIQUE
3 3
CST 448 iv INTERNET OF THINGS 2-1-0

CST 458 v SOFTWARE TESTING 2-1-0

CST 468 vi BIOINFORMATICS 2-1-0

vii COMPUTATIONAL
CST 478 2-1-0
LINGUISTICS

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honors


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honors programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

2. Comprehensive Viva Voce: The comprehensive viva voce in the eighth semester of
study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based on
the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semesters. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practicing questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.
3. Project Phase II: The objective of Project Work Phase II & Dissertation is to enable
the student to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project Phase I, either
fully theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
mentoring of a Project Guide from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment shall normally
include:

163
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING
➢ In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared in
Phase I;
➢ Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
➢ Detailed Analysis/Modeling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
➢ Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and future
directions;
➢ Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
➢ Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
➢ Final Presentation before the concerned evaluation committee

Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75

Project Guide 30

Interim evaluation, twice in the semester by the evaluation committee 70

Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee 10

(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project


coordinator and project guide).

Final evaluation by a three member committee 40

(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from Industry/
research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same committee
will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks ).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if she/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow a
student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives that
may not be a part of their major degree programs.
The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
bucket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each bucket may rest on one or more

164
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

foundation courses. A bucket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the bucket. She/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required to award B.tech with Minor is 182 (162 + 20)

(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three courses, of
which one course shall be a mini project based on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either
in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired through 2 MOOCs recommended by the
Board of Studies and approved by the Academic Council or 2 courses from the minor buckets listed
here. The classes for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time
shall be required for conducting the courses.

(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.

(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded if the registrant earn 20 credits form the minor courses.

(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and all the academic units
offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The courses shall be
grouped into maximum of 5 buckets. The bucket of courses may have sequences within it, i.e.,
advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the bucket. Reshuffling of courses between various
buckets will not be allowed. There is option to skip any two courses listed here and to opt for
equivalent MOOC courses approved by the Academic Council. In any case, they should carry
out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. For example: Students who have
registered for B.Tech Minor in Computer Science & Engineering can opt to study the
courses listed below:

165
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

MINOR BUCKETS

BUCKET-1 BUCKET-2 BUCKET-3


S
E Specialization - Software Specialization - Machine
Specialization - Networking
M Engineering Learning
E
C C C
S CO H H H
R CO R CO R
T O O O
UR E URS COURSE E URS COURSE E
E COURSE NAME U U U
SE D E NAME D E NAME D
R R R
R NO I NO I NO I
S S S
T T T

OBJECT PYTHON FOR DATA


CST CST CST
S3 ORIENTED 4 4 283 MACHINE 4 4 COMMUNICAT 4 4
281 285
PROGRAMMING LEARNING ION

MATHEMATIC INTRODUCTIO
PROGRAMMING
CST CST S FOR CST N TO
S4 METHODOLOGIE 4 4 4 4 4 4
282 284 MACHINE 286 COMPUTER
S
LEARNING NETWORKS

CONCEPTS IN CONCEPTS IN CLIENT


CST CST CST
S5 SOFTWARE 4 4 MACHINE 4 4 SERVER 4 4
381 ENGINEERING 383 385
LEARNING SYSTEMS

WIRELESS
INTRODUCTION CONCEPTS IN NETWORKS
CST CST CST
S6 TO SOFTWARE 4 4 DEEP 4 4 AND IOT 4 4
382 384 386
TESTING LEARNING APPLICATION
S

CSD CSD CSD


S7 Miniproject 4 4 Miniproject 4 4 Miniproject 4 4
481 481 481

CSD CSD CSD


S8 Miniproject 4 4 Miniproject 4 4 Miniproject 4 4
482 482 482

Note-1: Name of the specialization shall be mentioned in the Minor Degree to be awarded

Note-2: Any B.Tech students from non-Computer Science/non-IT streams can register for the courses in the
minor buckets.

166
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

HONORS

Honors is an additional credential a student may earn if she/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honors is not indicative of a class. The University is
providing this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honors. Honors is
intended for a student to gain expertise/get specialized in an area inside his/her major B.Tech
discipline and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the concerned branch of
engineering. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honors, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honors.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If a student is not earning credits for any one of the specified course for getting
Honors, she/he is not entitled to get Honors. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 buckets, each bucket representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
bucket in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honors courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
Honors courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honors at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the chosen
area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired through 2 MOOCs recommended
by the Board of studies and approved by the Academic Council or 2 courses from
the same bucket as the above 3 courses. The classes for Honors shall be conducted
along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required for conducting the
courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses under
Honors.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
Honors.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honors” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than

167
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for Honors
and there is no history of ‘F’ Grade in the entire span of the BTech Course.
(vi) The registration for Honors program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering Honors in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 5 buckets, each bucket
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same bucket in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
There is option to skip any two courses listed here if required, and to opt for
equivalent MOOC courses approved by the Academic Council. In any case, they
should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8. For example:
Students who have registered for B.Tech in Computer Science and Engineering
with Honors can opt to study the courses listed in one of the buckets shown
below:

168
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

HONORS BUCKETS

BUCKET-1 BUCKET-2 BUCKET-3


S
E Specialization - Security in Specialization - Machine Specialization - Formal
M Computing Learning Methods
E
C C C
S H H H
CO R CO R CO R
T O O O
URS E URS COURSE E UR COURSE E
E E COURSE NAME U E NAME U SE NAME U
D D D
R R R
R NO I NO I NO I
S S S
T T T

COMPUTATIO
PRINCIPLES
NAL
OF PROGRAM
CST NUMBER CST FUNDAMENT CST
S4 292 THEORY 4 4 294 4 4 296 ANALYSIS 4 4
ALS FOR
AND
MACHINE
VERIFICATION
LEARNING

NEURAL
PRINCIPLES
CST CRYPTOGRAPHI CST NETWORKS CST
S5 4 4 4 4 OF MODEL 4 4
393 C ALGORITHMS 395 AND DEEP 397
CHECKING
LEARNING

ADVANCED THEORY OF
CST NETWORK CST TOPICS IN CST COMPUTABILI
S6 394 4 4 396 4 4 398 4 4
SECURITY MACHINE TY AND
LEARNING COMPLEXITY

ADVANCED
TOPICS IN LOGIC FOR
CST CYBER CST CST
S7 4 4 ARTIFICIAL 4 4 COMPUTER 4 4
495 FORENSICS 497 499
INTELLIGENC SCIENCE
E

CSD CSD CSD


S8 Miniproject 4 4 Miniproject 4 4 Miniproject 4 4
496 496 496

Note: Name of the specialization shall be mentioned in the Honors Degree to be awarded

169
COMPUTER SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique three-
week immersion Foundation Programme designed specifically for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social works and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their batch-
mates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured around
the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:


 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to
ensure healthy physical and mental growth.

170
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B. Tech. ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING


Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:

Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G. Total 162

171
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,


Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,


Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of


Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the following table.

Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

172
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC


Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical (Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

173
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA & CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUN 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

Note: To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to
each course

174
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS & TRANSFORMS
B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUN 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics A and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics A in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics A in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

175
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.

3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

176
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION & 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B EBT201 ANATOMY & PHYSIOLOGY FOR 4-0-0 4 4


BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERS
C EBT203 ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS 3-1-0 4 4

D EBT205 LOGIC CIRCUITS & DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S EBL201 ELECTRONIC DEVICES & CIRCUITS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T EBL203 LOGIC CIRCUITS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

177
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT204 PROBABILITY, RANDOM PROCESSES 3-1-0 4 4


& NUMERICAL METHODS

B EBT202 BIOMEDICAL SIGNALS & 4-0-0 4 4


TRANSDUCERS
C EBT204 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 3-1-0 4 4

D EBT206 MICROCONTROLLERS & 3-1-0 4 4


APPLICATIONS
E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S EBL202 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T EBL204 MICROCONTROLLERS & 0-0-3 3 2


APPLICATIONS LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student doesnot opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

178
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A EBT301 ANALYTICAL & DIAGNOSTIC 4-0-0 4 4


EQUIPMENTS
B EBT303 HOSPITAL ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4

C EBT305 MEDICAL IMAGING TECHNIQUES 4-0-0 4 4

D EBT307 INTRODUCTION TO BIOMEDICAL 3-1-0 4 4


SIGNAL PROCESSING
E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3
1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S EBL331 MEDICAL ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T EBL333 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 0-0-3 3 2


LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

179
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A EBT302 MEDICAL IMAGE PROCESSING 3-1-0 4 4

B EBT304 THERAPEUTIC EQUIPMENTS 4-0-0 4 4

C EBT306 ARTIFICIAL NEURAL NETWORKS & 3-1-0 4 4


APPLICATIONS
D EBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 3-0-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F EBT308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S EBL332 BIOENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T EBD334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EBT312 ELECTRICAL NETWORKS & ANALYSIS 2-1-0

EBT322 MEDICAL INFORMATICS 3-0-0 3 3


D EBT332 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS & 3-0-0
MICROCONTROLLERS
EBT342 DESIGN OF BIOMEDICAL DEVICES 3-0-0
EBT352 BIOSTATISTICS 2-1-0
EBT362 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING & 3-0-0
APPLICATIONS
EBT372 COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES 3-0-0

180
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen


the understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of
theoretical concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the
horizon of their thinking. The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a
problem by applying theoretical knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-
solving skills. Students should identify a topic of interest in consultation with
Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather information pertaining to the
chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology to achieve the
objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to achieve
the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two
reviews. The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department.
A project report is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be
demonstrated for its full design specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability
considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic aspects taken care of in the project shall be
given due weight. The internal evaluation will be made based on the product, the
report and a viva- voce examination, conducted internally by a 3 member committee

181
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD or a senior faculty member,
Academic coordinator for that program, project guide/coordinator.

Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks


Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

182
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A EBT401 CONTROL SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 3

B EBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 3-0-0 3 3

C EBTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 3-0-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S EBL411 MEDICAL SYSTEMS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T EBQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U EBD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EBT413 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY FOR 2-1-0


BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERS
EBT423 DESIGN OF LOGIC SYSTEMS 2-1-0 3 3
B EBT433 TELEMEDICINE 3-0-0
EBT443 BIOMATERIALS & APPLICATIONS 3-0-0

EBT453 BIO FLUID MECHANICS 3-0-0

EBT463 COMPUTATIONAL METHODS IN 2-1-0


BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
EBT473 BIOMEDICAL OPTICS & 3-0-0
BIOPHOTONICS

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses

183
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
listed below are offered by the Department of ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL for
students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU.

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EBT415 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 3-0-0

EBT425 MEDICAL IMAGING & IMAGE 2-1-0 3 3


C PROCESSING
EBT435 BIOSIGNALS & SIGNAL PROCESSING 2-1-0
EBT445 BIOMATERIALS & BIOMECHANICS 3-0-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Electronics & Biomedical Engineering, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned
by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a
Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D
work. The assignment to normally include:

184
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide :30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee :20
Final Seminar :30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee :20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

185
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A EBT402 BIOMECHANICS & DESIGN OF 3-0-0 3 3


PROSTHETIC DEVICES
B EBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 3-0-0 3 3

C EBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 3-0-0 3 3

D EBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 3-0-0 3 3

T EBT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U EBD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EBT414 POWER ELECTRONICS & 3-0-0


APPLICATIONS
EBT424 ARTIFICIAL ORGANS & IMPLANTS 3-0-0 3 3
B EBT434 ADVANCED COMPUTER 3-0-0
PROGRAMMING TECHNIQUES
EBT444 MEDICAL ROBOTICS 3-0-0
EBT454 FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOMEMS & 3-0-0
MICROFLUIDICS
EBT464 PRINCIPLES OF RADIO DIAGNOSIS & 3-0-0
RADIOTHERAPY
EBT474 ADVANCED MEDICAL IMAGING & 3-0-0
IMAGE PROCESSING TECHNIQUES

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EBT416 VLSI DESIGN 3-0-0


EBT426 ADVANCED BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL 3-0-0

186
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
PROCESSING 3 3
C EBT436 IOT & BIOMEDICAL APPLICATIONS 3-0-0
EBT446 BIOMEDICAL TRANSPORT 3-0-0
PHENOMENA
EBT456 PATTERN RECOGNITION 3-0-0
BMT466 MECHATRONICS 3-0-0
EBT476 DEEP LEARNING TECHNIQUES 3-0-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EBT418 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN 3-0-0


EBT428 ASSISTIVE MEDICAL DEVICES 3-0-0
EBT438 REHABILITATION ENGINEERING 3-0-0 3 3
D EBT448 INTRODUCTION TO 3-0-0
BIONANOTECHNOLOGY
EBT458 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING 3-0-0
EBT468 MODELLING OF PHYSIOLOGICAL 3-0-0
SYSTEMS
EBT478 HUMAN FACTORS IN ENGINEERING 3-0-0
AND DESIGN

NOTE

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for

187
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee

Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75


Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more

188
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)

(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.

(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.

(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.

(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed.In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING can opt to study the
courses listed below:

189
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING

S
e Basket I (Biomedical Signal & Basket II (Biomedical Basket III (Computing in
Image Processing) Instrumentation) Biomedical Engineering)
m Course Course Name C H Course Course Name C H Course Course Name C H
e No. r o No. r o No. r o
st e u e u e u
er d r d r d r
i s i s i s
t t t
S3 EBT281 BIOMEDICAL 4 4 EBT283 BASIC ANATOMY & 4 4 EBT285 BASIC MEDICAL 4 4
SYSTEMS & PHYSIOLOGY FOR SCIENCES FOR
SIGNALS ENGINEERS ENGINEERS
S4 EBT282 PHYSICS OF 4 4 EBT284 BIOSIGNAL 4 4 EBT286 NUMERICAL 4 4
BIOMEDICAL ACQUISITION TECHNIQUES IN
IMAGING SYSTEMS BIOMEDICAL
ENGINEERING
S5 EBT381 BIOMEDICAL 4 4 EBT383 PRINCIPLES OF 4 4 EBT385 ARTIFICIAL 4 4
SIGNAL BIOMEDICAL INTELLIGENCE &
PROCESSING IMAGING MACHINE
LEARNING
TECHNIQUES
S6 EBT382 BIOMEDICAL 4 4 EBT384 THERAPEUTIC 4 4 EBT386 PHYSIOLOGICAL 4 4
IMAGE DEVICES SYSTEM
PROCESSING MODELLING
S7 EBD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 EBD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 EBD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 EBD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 EBD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 EBD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same

190
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a mini
project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by
undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through course listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in ELECTRONICS &
BIOMEDICAL Branch can opt to study the courses listed below:

S Group I Group II Group III


e H C Course Course Name H C Course Course Name H C
m Course Course Name O R No O R No O R
es No U E U E U E
te R D R D R D
S I S I S I
r
T T T
S4 EBT292 BIOMEDICAL 4 4 EBT294 SOLID STATE 4 4 EBT296 CELLULAR 4 4
SIGNALS & ELECTRONIC PHYSIOLOGY &

191
ELECTRONICS & BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
SYSTEMS DEVICES BIOPOTENTIALS

S5 EBT393 SPEECH & AUDIO 4 4 EBT395 ANALOG 4 4 EBT397 MATHEMATICAL 4 4


SIGNAL INTEGRATED METHODS IN
PROCESSING CIRCUIT DESIGN BIOMEDICAL
ENGINEERING
S6 EBT394 ADAPTIVE SIGNAL 4 4 EBT396 DIGITAL 4 4 EBT398 STATISTICAL 4 4
PROCESSING INTEGRATED METHODS IN
CIRCUITS BIOMEDICAL
ENGINEERING
S7 EBT495 IMAGE & VIDEO 4 4 EBT497 CMOS DIGITAL 4 4 EBT499 COMPUTATIONAL 4 4
PROCESSING DESIGN PHYSIOLOGY
S8 EBD496 MINI PROJECT 4 4 EBD496 MINI PROJECT 4 4 EBD496 MINI PROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

192
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in table
below.
Sl. Category Code Credits
No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum.
Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as below:
Semester 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
Grand.Total 162

193
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming, Workshop,
Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering, Thermodynamics,
Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities, Professional
Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life skills, Professional Communication, Economics
etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of Indian


Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the course.
EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a course in
Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third letter stands for
the nature of the course as indicated in the following table.

Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in which
the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four year duration.
Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered normally in the odd
(odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The middle number could be
any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department for third semester, MAT 101 is
a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET 344 is a course in Electrical
Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in Physics offered both the first
and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering offered by one or many
departments. These course numbers are to be given in the curriculum and syllabi.

194
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Departments
Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.
Table 2: Departments and their codes
Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course
Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information IT


Technology
02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC
Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC


04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME


06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR
07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT
08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU
09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP
10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB
11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH
12 Electronics & EC 27 Polymer Engg PO
Communication
13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE
14 Humanities HU Robotics and
29 Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

195
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUN 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week


Note:
To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

196
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:
1. Engineering Physics A and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters. Institutions
can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the Institution to opt
for Engineering Physics A in SI and Engineering Chemistry in S2 & vice versa. Students opting for
Engineering Physics A in a semester should attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students
opting for Engineering Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the
same semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters. Institutions
can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the Institution to opt
for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering shall be
offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering contain equal weightage for

197
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Civil Engineering and Mechanical Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each
and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT,
RA can choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical Engineering
and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of
50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME, MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY,
BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course in S1. Students having Basics of Civil &
Mechanical Engineering in one semester should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same
semester and students having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should
attend Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful and
positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being aware of
the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete, leading and
generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This
course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success, and help them
acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence in
English required for independent and effective communication for their professional needs.
Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive listening practice,
Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive
thinking, Improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed
reading practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing, Introduction to
reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of contents page, cover & back
pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

198
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Semester III

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4
EQUATION AND COMPLEX
ANALYSIS
B ECT 201 SOLID STATE DEVICES 3-1-0 4 4

C ECT 203 LOGIC CIRCUIT DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

D ECT 205 NETWORK THEORY 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN AND ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S ECL 201 SCIENTIFIC COMPUTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ECL 203 LOGIC DESIGN LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC Remedial/Minor course 3-1-0 4** 4

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 & vice
versa.

2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

199
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Semester IV

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A MAT 204 PROBABILITY, RANDOM PROCESS 3-1-0 4 4
AND NUMERICAL METHODS
B ECT 202 ANALOG CIRCUITS 3-1-0 4 4

C ECT 204 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

D ECT 206 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE AND 3-1-0 4 4


MICROCONTROLLERS
E EST200 DESIGN AND ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S ECL 202 ANALOG CIRCUITS AND 0-0-3 3 2


SIMULATION LAB
T ECL 204 MICROCONTROLLER LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours 3-1-0 4** 4


course
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 & vice
versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

200
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Semester V

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A ECT 301 LINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 3-1-0 4 4

B ECT 303 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 3-1-0 4 4

C ECT 305 ANALOG AND DIGITAL 3-1-0 4 4


COMMUNICATION

D ECT 307 CONTROL SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS AND 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S ECL 331 ANALOG INTEGRATED CIRCUITS 0-0-3 3 2


AND SIMULATION LAB
T ECL 333 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours 3-1-0 4** 4


course
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in
both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number
of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and
Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does not
opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

201
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Semester VI

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A ECT 302 ELECTROMAGNETICS 3-1-0 4 4

B ECT 304 VLSI CIRCUIT DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

C ECT 306 INFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 3-1-0 4 4

D ECTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS AND 3-0-0 3 3


½ FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F ECT 308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S ECL 332 COMMUNICATION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ECD 334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honours 3-1-0 4** 4


course
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
ECT 312 Digital System Design 2-1-0
ECT 322 Power Electronics 2-1-0
3 3
ECT 332 Data Analysis 2-1-0
D
ECT 342 Embedded Systems 2-1-0
ECT 352 Digital Image Processing 2-1-0
ECT 362 Introduction to MEMS 2-1-0
ECT 372 Quantum Computing 2-1-0

NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in both S5
and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers
in S6 and vice versa.

202
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of study
shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective type similar to
the GATE examination and will be conducted by the University. Syllabus for comprehensive
examination shall be prepared by the respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from
semester 3 to 5. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a
faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.
4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen the
understanding of student’s fundamentals through application of theoretical concepts. Mini
project can help to boost their skills and widen the horizon of their thinking. The ultimate aim of
an engineering student is to resolve a problem by applying theoretical knowledge. Doing more
projects increases problem-solving skills. Students should identify a topic of interest in
consultation with Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather information pertaining to the
chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology to achieve the objectives. Carryout
the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to achieve the objectives. Demonstrate the
novelty of the project through the results and outputs. The progress of the mini project is
evaluated based on a minimum of two reviews. The review committee may be constituted by the
Head of the Department. A project report is required at the end of the semester. The product has
to be demonstrated for its full design specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability
considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic aspects taken care of in the project shall be given due
weight. The internal evaluation will be made based on the product, the report and a viva- voce
examination, conducted by a 3 member committee appointed by Head of the Department
comprising HoD or a senior faculty member, Academic coordinator for that program, project
guide/coordinator.
Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks
Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and demonstration
of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work knowledge and involvement)
: 40

203
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Semester VII

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A ECT 401 WIRELESS COMMUNICATION 2-1-0 3 3

B ECTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C ECTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S ECL 411 ELECTROMAGNETICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ECQ 413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U ECD 415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honors 3-1-0 4* 4


course
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II
SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.
ECT 413 Optical Fiber Communication 2-1-0
ECT 423 Computer Networks 2-1-0
ECT 433 Opto-electronic Devices 2-1-0 3 3
B ECT 443 Antenna and Wave propagration 2-1-0
ECT 453 Error Control Codes 2-1-0
ECT 463 Machine Learning 2-1-0
ECT 473 DSP Architectures 2-1-0

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)


The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses (maximum 5) they
would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed below are offered by the
Department of ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING for students of other
undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU.

204
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
ECT 415 Mechatronics 2-1-0
ECT 425 Biomedical Instrumentation 2-1-0
ECT 435 Electronic Hardware for Engineers 2-1-0 3 3
C ECT 445 IoT and Applications 2-1-0
ECT 455 Entertainment Electronics 2-1-0

NOTE:
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and reliable
information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline from technical
publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books, project reports etc.,
prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before a peer audience. Each
student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes duration on the selected topic.
The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by a team of faculty members
comprising Academic coordinator for that program, seminar coordinator and seminar
guide based on style of presentation, technical content, adequacy of references, depth of
knowledge and overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the
students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The
object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative study in the
broad field of Electronics and Communication Engineering, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by
the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a Supervisor.
This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The
assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/ Design/
Feasibility;

205
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

206
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
Semester VIII

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A ECT 402 INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0 3 3

B ECTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C ECTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D ECTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

E ECT 404 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE 1-0-0 1 1

U ECD 416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0- 12 4


12
R/M/H VAC Remedial/Minor/Honors 3-1-0 4* 4
course
TOTAL 25/28 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III


SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ECT 414 Biomedical Engineering 2-1-0


ECT 424 Satellite Communication 2-1-0
ECT 434 Secure Communication 2-1-0
ECT 444 Pattern Recognition 2-1-0 3 3
B ECT 454 RF Circuit Design 2-1-0
ECT 464 Mixed Signal Circuit Design 2-1-0
ECT 474 Entrepreneurship 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ECT 416 Modern Communication Systems 2-1-0


ECT 426 Real Time Operating Systems 2-1-0
ECT 436 Adaptive Signal Processing 2-1-0 3 3
ECT 446 Microwave Devices and Circuits 2-1-0
C ECT 456 Speech and Audio Processing 2-1-0
ECT 466 Analog CMOS Design 2-1-0
ECT 476 Robotics 2-1-0

207
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

PROGRAM ELECTIVE V
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ECT 418 Mechatronics 2-1-0


ECT 428 Optimization Techniques 2-1-0
ECT 438 Computer Vision 2-1-0
D ECT 448 Low Power VLSI 2-1-0 3 3
ECT 458 Internet of Things 2-1-0
ECT 468 Renewable Energy Systems 2-1-0
ECT 478 Organic Electronics 2-1-0

NOTE:
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does not
opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester of
study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based on the
core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be conducted by
the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II evaluation towards
the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course should be
mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the
core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will be treated as internal and should be
uploaded along with internal marks of other courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student to
extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the guidance
of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor drawn from R&D
laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for the student(s) in R&D
work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment as
needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and future
directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee

208
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75


Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR
Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of additional
learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech degree. The objective is to
permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific interests. Upon
completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to perform
interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow a student to
gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives that may not be a
part of their major degree programs.
The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist basket of
3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more foundation
courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses
in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required courses, and if the
requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the course, the minor will
be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx
with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the
list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, that minor will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however, will
be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included in
the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits required
is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three courses
listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the
chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits could be
acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the
Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Minor shall be
conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required for conducting the
courses.
(iv)There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.

209
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
(vi)The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all academic
units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The courses shall be
grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have sequences within it, i.e.,
advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket. Reshuffling of courses between
various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on
the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered for B.Tech Minor in ELECTRONICS
AND COMMUNICATION can opt to study the courses listed below:

SE BASKET I BASKET II BASKET III


ME COURS COURSE H C H COURS COURSE NAME H C COURS COURSE NAME H C
STE E NO. NAME O R O E NO. O R E NO. O R
R U E U U E U E
R D R R D R D
S I S S I S I
T T T
S3 ECT281 ELECTRONIC ANALOG INTRODUCTION TO
CIRCUITS 4 4 ECT283 COMMUNICATI 4 4 ECT285 SIGNALS AND 4 4
ON SYSTEMS
S4 ECT282 MICROCONT DIGITAL ECT286 INTRODUCTION TO
ROLLERS 4 4 ECT284 COMMUNICATI 4 4 DIGITAL SIGNAL 4 4
ON PROCESSING
ECT381 EMBEDDED ECT383 COMMUNICATI ECT385 TOPICS IN DIGITAL
S5 SYSTEM 4 4 ON SYSTEMS 4 4 IMAGE 4 4
DESIGN PROCESSING
S6 ECT382 VLSI ECT384 DATA ECT386 TOPICS IN
CIRCUITS 4 4 NETWORKS 4 4 COMPUTER VISION 4 4
S7 ECD481 MINIPROJECT ECD481 MINIPROJECT ECD481 MINIPROJECT
4 4 4 4 4 4
S8 ECD482 MINIPROJECT ECD482 MINIPROJECT ECD482 MINIPROJECT
4 4 4 4 4 4

HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing this
option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended for a
student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline and to
enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering concerned. It is
particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon completion of Honours, a
student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his branch of engineering. On
successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, this will be mentioned in the
Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with Honours.” The fact will also be
reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified
course cannot be earned during the course of the programme, Honours will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

210
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a particular
specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same group in all
semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed
subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be exactly as for other
mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a mini
project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by
undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the
Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Honours
shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required for
conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or better for all
courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than or
equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours and
without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for Honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only
the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be
fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Honours in ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING can opt
to study the courses listed below:

211
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III
SE COURS COURSE NAME H C COURSE COURSE NAME H C COURSE COURSE H C
ME E NO. O R NO. O R NO. NAME O R
STE U E U E U E
R R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
S4 ECT292 NANOELECTRO 4 4 ECT294 STOCHASTIC 4 4 ECT296 STOCHASTIC 4 4
NICS PROCESSES FOR SIGNAL
COMMUNICATION PROCESSING
S5 ECT393 FPGA BASED 4 4 ECT395 DETECTION AND 4 4 ECT397 COMPUTATI 4 4
SYSTEM DESIGN ESTIMATION ONAL TOOLS
THEORY FOR SIGNAL
PROCESSING
S6 ECT394 ELECTRONIC 4 4 ECT396 MIMO AND 4 4 ECT398 DETECTION 4 4
DESIGN AND MULTIUSER AND
AUTOMATION COMMUNICATION ESTIMATION
TOOLS SYSTEMS THEORY
S7 ECT495 RF MEMS 4 4 ECT497 DESIGN AND 4 4 ECT499 MULTIRATE 4 4
ANALYSIS OF SIGNAL
ANTENNAS PROCESSING
AND
WAVELETS
S8 ECD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ECD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ECD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique three-
week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which includes a
wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports tournaments,
social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students into well-rounded
individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster their creativity,
inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion. Foundation Programme
also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their batchmates and seniors and start
working as a team with them. The program is structured around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by expressing
themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other creative
activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and group
communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and our
place in at as concerned citizens of the world.

212
ELECTRONICS & COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

213
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

214
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

215
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

216
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICSA 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

Note: To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to
each course

217
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics A and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics A in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics A in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

218
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

219
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B EET201 CIRCUITS AND NETWORKS 2-2-0 4 4

C EET203 MEASUREMENTS AND 3-1-0 4 4


INSTRUMENTATION
D EET205 ANALOG ELECTRONICS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S EEL201 CIRCUITS AND MEASUREMENTS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T EEL203 ANALOG ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

220
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 204 PROBABILITY, RANDOM PROCESSES 3-1-0 4 4


AND NUMERICAL METHODS
B EET202 DC MACHINES AND TRANSFORMERS 2-2-0 4 4

C EET204 ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY 3-1-0 4 4

D EET206 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S EEL202 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB I 0-0-3 3 2

T EEL204 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student doesnot opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

221
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A EET301 POWER SYSTEMS I 3-1-0 4 4

B EET303 MICROPROCESSORS AND 3-1-0 4 4


MICROCONTROLLERS
C EET305 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

D EET307 SYNCHRONOUS AND INDUCTION 3-1-0 4 4


MACHINES
E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3
1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S EEL331 MICROPROCESSORS AND 0-0-3 3 2


MICROCONTROLLERS LAB
T EEL333 ELECTRICAL MACHINES LAB II 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

222
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A EET302 LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS 2-2-0 4 4

B EET304 POWER SYSTEMS II 3-1-0 4 4

C EET306 POWER ELECTRONICS 3-1-0 4 4

D EETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F EET308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S EEL332 POWER SYSTEMS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T EEL334 POWER ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 28/32 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EET312 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0


EET322 RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS 2-1-0
D EET332 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION 2-1-0 3 3
EET342 HIGH VOLTAGE ENGINEERING 2-1-0
EET352 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 2-1-0
EET362 MATERIAL SCIENCE 2-1-0
EET372 SOFT COMPUTING 2-1-0

NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in
both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of
branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and
Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

223
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of study
shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective type
similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the University. Syllabus for
comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the respective BoS choosing any 5 core
courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course
should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based
on the core courses listed in the curriculum.

224
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A EET401 ADVANCED CONTROL SYSTEMS 2-1-0 3 3

B EETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C EETXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S EEL411 CONTROL SYSTEMS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T EEQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U EED415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EET413 ELECTRIC DRIVES 2-1-0


EET423 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS 2-1-0
B EET433 MODERN OPERATING SYSTEMS 2-1-0 3 3
EET443 DATA STRUCTURES 2-1-0
EET453 DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 2-1-0
EET463 ILLUMINATION TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
EET473 DIGITAL PROTECTION OF POWER 2-1-0
SYSTEMS

OPEN ELECTIVES

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. For example the
courses listed below are offered by the Department of ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS
ENGINEERING for students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college under
KTU.

225
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EET415 CONTROL SYSTEMS ENGINEERING 2-1-0


EET425 INTRODUCTION TO POWER 2-1-0
C PROCESSING 3 3
EET435 RENEWABLE ENERGY SYSTEMS 2-1-0
EET445 ELECTRIC VEHICLES 2-1-0
EET455 ENERGY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Electrical &Electronics Engineering, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned
by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a
Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D
work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation

226
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide :30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee :20
Final Seminar :30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee :20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

227
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A EET402 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM DESIGN AND 2-1-0 3 3


ESTIMATION
B EETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C EETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D EETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T EET404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U EED416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EET414 ROBOTICS 2-1-0


EET424 ENERGY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
B EET434 SMART GRID TECHNOLOGIES 2-1-0 3 3
EET444 ELECTRICAL MACHINE DESIGN 2-1-0
EET454 SWITCHED MODE POWER CONVERTERS 2-1-0
EET464 COMPUTER AIDED POWER SYSTEM 2-1-0
ANALYSIS
EET474 MACHINE LEARNING 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EET416 NONLINEAR SYSTEMS 2-1-0


EET426 SPECIAL ELECTRIC MACHINES 2-1-0
C EET436 POWER QUALITY 2-1-0 3 3
EET446 COMPUTER NETWORKS 2-1-0
EET456 DESIGN OF POWER ELECTRONIC 2-1-0
SYSTEMS
EET466 HVDC & FACTS 2-1-0
EET476 ADVANCED ELECTRONIC DESIGN 2-1-0

228
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

EET418 ELECTRIC AND HYBRID VEHICLES 2-1-0


EET428 INTERNET OF THINGS 2-1-0
D EET438 ENERGY STORAGE SYSTEMS 2-1-0 3 3
EET448 ROBUST AND ADAPTIVE CONTROL 2-1-0
EET458 SOLAR PV SYSTEMS 2-1-0
EET468 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
&AUTOMATION
EET478 BIG DATA ANALYTICS 2-1-0

NOTE

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;

229
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three-member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

230
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B. Tech Minor in ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING can opt to study the
courses listed below:
S
e BASKET I BASKET II BASKET III
m H C H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
st No. U E No. U E No. U E
er R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
INTRODUCTION TO
DYNAMIC
POWER
S3 EET281 ELECTRIC CIRCUITS 4 4 EET 283 4 4 EET 285 CIRCUITS AND 4 4
ENGINEERING
SYSTEMS
ELECTRICAL PRINCIPLES OF
ENERGY SYSTEMS
S4 EET 282 MACHINES 4 4 EET 284 4 4 EET 286 INSTRUMENTATI 4 4
ON
SOLAR AND
SOLID STATE
WINDENERGY CONTROL
S5 EET 381 POWER 4 4 EET 383 4 4 EET 385 4 4
CONVERSION SYSTEMS
CONVERSION
SYSTEMS
POWER INSTRUMENTATION
DIGITAL CONT
S6 EET 382 SEMICONDUCTOR 4 4 EET 384 AND AUTOMATION 4 4 EET 386 4 4
ROL
DRIVES OF POWER PLANTS
4 4 4
S7 EED 481 MINIPROJECT 4 EED 481 MINIPROJECT 4 EED 481 MINIPROJECT 4

231
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
S8 EED 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 EED 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 EED 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

Notes on Minor from Electrical Engineering Department:


Students have to credit additional 5 courses (20 credits) to receive minor in Electrical and
Electronics Engineering. While choosing the minor basket, at least two courses in the
selected basket should have contents different from the courses in the curriculum of the
parent branch. (This is necessary in the case of related branches like Electronics and
Communication, Electronics and Instrumentation, Applied Electronics and Instrumentation,
Electronics and Biomedical, Computer Science and Engineering etc.) In case where the
student chooses a basket with only two courses different from their parent curriculum, the
remaining courses have to be selected from the approved MOOC courses. This restriction
may be incorporated in the regulations/curriculum.

HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if she/he opts for the extra 20
credits needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is
providing this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is
intended for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech
discipline and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be
included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).

232
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
through 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the
Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
For example: Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in ELECTRICAL &
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below:

GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III


S H C H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
m No U E No U E No U E
R D R D R D
es S I S I S I
te T T T
r
NETWORK NETWORK
NETWORK ANALYSIS
S4 EET292 ANALYSIS AND 4 4 EET 294 ANALYSIS AND 4 4 EET 296 4 4
AND SYNTHESIS
SYNTHESIS SYNTHESIS
DIGITAL DIGITAL
S5 EET393 4 4 EET 395 4 4 EET 397 DIGITAL SIMULATION 4 4
SIMULATION SIMULATION
ANALYSIS OF
GENERALISED OPERATION AND
POWER
S6 EET394 MACHINE 4 4 EET 396 4 4 EET 398 CONTROL OF POWER 4 4
ELECTRONIC
THEORY SYSTEMS
CIRCUITS
OPERATION AND DYNAMICS OF CONTROL AND
S7 EET495 CONTROL OF 4 4 EET 497 POWER 4 4 EET 499 DYNAMICS OF 4 4
GENERATORS CONVERTERS MICROGRIDS
S8 EED496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 EED 496 MINIPROJECT 4 EED 496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

233
ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

234
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech FOOD TECHNOLOGY
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum.

Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as below:


Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

235
FOOD TECHNOLOGY

Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the following table.
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)

L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis


of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)

N Non-credit courses

D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)


Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

236
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
Departments
Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.
Table 2: Departments and their codes
Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course
Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

237
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

Note: To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to
each course

238
FOOD TECHNOLOGY

SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:
1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.
2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

239
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.
4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.
5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

240
FOOD TECHNOLOGY

SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B FTT 201 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMICAL 3-1-0 4 4


ENGINEERING
C FTT 203 FOOD MICROBIOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

D FTT 205 FOOD CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

E EST 200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT 200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN 201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S FTL 201 FOOD MICROBIOLOGY LAB I 0-0-3 3 2

T FTL 203 FOOD CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

241
FOOD TECHNOLOGY

SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS

B FTT 202 FUNDAMENTALS OF HEAT AND 3-1-0 4 4


MASS TRANSFER
C FTT 204 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF FOOD 3-1-0 4 4
MATERIALS
D FTT 206 FOOD ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4
THERMODYNAMICS AND REACTION
KINETICS
E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S FTL 202 FOOD MICROBIOLOGY LAB II 0-0-3 3 2

T FTL 204 ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF FOOD 0-0-3 3 2


MATERIALS LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

242
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A FTT 301 FOOD PROCESS ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4

B FTT 303 UNIT OPERATIONS IN FOOD 3-1-0 4 4


PROCESSING
C FTT 305 FOOD ANALYSIS 3-1-0 4 4

D FTT 307 CEREAL AND LEGUME TECHNOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S FTL 331 UNIT OPERATIONS IN FOOD LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T FTL 333 FOOD ANALYSIS AND QUALITY 0-0-3 3 2


EVALUATION LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

243
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A FTT 302 DAIRY TECHNOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

B FTT 304 FOOD PROCESS EQUIPMENT AND 3-1-0 4 4


DESIGN
C FTT 306 FOOD ADDITIVES AND 3-1-0 4 4
FLAVOURINGS
D FTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F FTT308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S FTL 332 FOOD PROCESSING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T FTD334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

FTT 312 FRUITS AND VEGETABLE PROCESSING 2-1-0


FTT 322 FOOD PRODUCT DESIGN AND 2-1-0
DEVELOPMENT 3 3
D FTT 332 BAKERY AND CONFECTIONERY 2-1-0
FTT 342 FOOD BIOTECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
FTT 352 REFRIGERATION AND COLD CHAIN 2-1-0
FTT 362 MODELLING AND SIMULATION IN 2-1-0
FOOD PROCESSING
FTT 372 NANOTECHNOLOGY IN FOOD 2-1-0
NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

244
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.
4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen the
understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of theoretical
concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the horizon of their thinking.
The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a problem by applying theoretical
knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-solving skills. Students should identify a
topic of interest in consultation with Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather
information pertaining to the chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology
to achieve the objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to
achieve the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two reviews.
The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report
is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be demonstrated for its full design
specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic
aspects taken care of in the project shall be given due weight. The internal evaluation will
be made based on the product, the report and a viva- voce examination, conducted
internally by a 3 member committee appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD
or a senior faculty member, Academic coordinator for that program, project
guide/coordinator.
Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks
Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

245
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A FTT 401 FOOD PROCESSING AND 2-1-0 3 3


PRESERVATION
B FTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C FTTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S FTL 411 FOOD PRESERVATION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T FTQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U FTD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

FTT 413 FOOD PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0


FTT 423 TECHNOLOGY OF FOOD 2-1-0
EMULSIONS,FOAMS AND GELS 3 3
B FTT 433 NON THERMAL PROCESSING 2-1-0
FTT 443 SPICES AND PLANTATION CROPS 2-1-0
TECHNOLOGY
FTT 453 MEAT AND FISH PROCESSING 2-1-0
TECHNOLOGY
FTT 463 POST HARVEST PHYSIOLOGY AND 2-1-0
SPOILAGE IN FOOD
FTT 473 INSTRUMENTATION AND PROCESS 2-1-0
CONTROL IN FOOD INDUSTRY

1. OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)


The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses (maximum 5)
they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed below are offered by the
the Department of FOOD TECHNOLOGY for students of other undergraduate branches offered in
the college.

246
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
FTT 415 FOOD PROCESS ENGINEERING 2-1-0
FTT 425 INSTRUMENTAL METHODS IN FOOD ANALYSIS 2-1-0
C
FTT 435 UNIT OPERATIONS IN FOOD TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0 3 3
FTT 445 NON THERMAL PROCESSING 2-1-0
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and reliable
information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline from technical
publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books, project reports etc.,
prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before a peer audience. Each
student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes duration on the selected topic. The
report and the presentation shall be evaluated by a team of faculty members comprising
Academic coordinator for that program, seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on
style of presentation, technical content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and
overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
4. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the
students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The
object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative study in the broad
field of Food Technology, either fully theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and
practical work to be assigned by the Department on a group of three/four students, under
the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s)
in R&D work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/ Design/
Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator
and project supervisor.

247
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A FTT 402 FOOD PLANT LAYOUT AND DESIGN 2-1-0 3 3

B FTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C FTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D FTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T FTT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U FTD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.
FTT 414 FAT AND OIL PROCESSING TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
FTT 424 FOOD STORAGE ENGINEERING 2-1-0
FTT 434 FOOD SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 2-1-0 3 3
B FTT 444 EXTENSION AND TRANSFER OF TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
FTT 454 NEUTRACEUTICALS AND FUNCTIONAL FOODS 2-1-0
FTT 464 FOOD TOXICOLOGY 2-1-0
FTT 474 BEVERAGE PROCESSING 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.
FTT 416 FOOD QUALITY, SAFETY AND REGULATIONS 2-1-0
FTT 426 ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT IN FOOD 2-1-0
TECHNOLOGY 3 3
FTT 436 BYE-PRODUCT UTILIZATION IN FOOD 2-1-0
INDUSTRY
C
FTT 446 FOOD PLANT UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE AND 2-1-0
SAFETY
FTT 456 FERMENTATION AND ENZYME TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
FTT 466 BIOPROCESS ENGINEERING 2-1-0
FTT 476 MEMBRANE TECHNOLOGY IN FOOD 2-1-0
ENGINEERING

248
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

COURSE
SLOT COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.
FTT 418 FOOD LAWS AND REGULATIONS 2-1-0
FTT 428 ICT APPLICATIONS IN FOOD INDUSTRY 2-1-0
FTT 438 FOOD INDUSTRY WASTE MANAGEMENT 2-1-0 3 3
D FTT 448 PHYTOCHEMICALS IN FOOD 2-1-0
FTT 458 FOOD INFORMATICS 2-1-0
FTT 468 AUTOMATION IN FOOD INDUSTRY 2-1-0
FTT 478 MANAGEMENT OF FOOD PROCESSING 2-1-0
INDUSTRY

NOTE
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.
3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;

249
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR
Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the

250
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits could be
acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Minor shall
be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required for conducting
the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in FOOD TECHNOLOGY can opt to study the courses listed below:

S Basket II
Basket I Basket III
e
m C C C
H H H
e R R R
O O O
st Course E Course E Course E
Course Name U Course Name U Course Name U
e No. D No. D No. D
R R R
r I I I
S S S
T T T
PRINCIPLES OF INTRODUCTORY
S FTT281 FOOD SCIENCE AND
FOOD 4 4 FTT283 4 4 FTT285 FOOD
3 TECHNOLOGY 4 4
TECHNOLOGY TECHNOLOGY

FOOD FOOD
S FTT PROCESS 4 4 UNIT OPERATIONS IN PRESERVATION 4 4
FTT284 4 4 FTT286
4 282 ENGINEERIN FOOD PROCESSING AND PROCESSING
G TECHNOLOGY

FOOD FOOD PRODUCT


S 4 4 FOOD PLANT LAYOUT
PACKAGING 4 4 DESIGN AND 4 4
5 FTT381 FTT383 AND DESIGN FTT385
TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT

ENTREPRENEURSHI
FOOD QUALITY,
S P DEVELOPMENT
FTT382 FOOD ANALYSIS 4 4 FTT384 SAFETY AND 4 4 FTT386 4 4
6 IN FOOD
REGULATION
INDUSTRY
S FTD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 FTD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 FTD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4
7
S FTD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 FTD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 FTD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4
8

251
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be
included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum, of which one course shall be a mini project
based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by
undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses lited in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such

252
FOOD TECHNOLOGY
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in FOOD TECHNOLOGY can
opt to study the courses listed below:

Group I Group III Group III

C C C
Se H H H
R R R
m O O O
Course E Course E Course E
es Course Name U Course Name U Course Name U
No. D No. D No. D
te R R R
I I I
r S S S
T T T
ADVANCED NOVEL FOOD
ADVANCED
FOOD PROCESSING
FTT292 SEPARATION
MICROBIOLOGY TECHNOLOGY
S4 4 4 FTT294 PROCESSES IN 4 4 FTT296 4 4
FOOD
PROCESSING

COMPUTER ADVANCES IN
ADVANCED AIDED DESIGN OF FOOD
4 4 4 4
S5 FTT393 FLUID FTT395 FOOD PLANT, FTT397 PACKAGING
4 4
MECHANICS MACHINERY AND
EQUIPMENT

EMERGING FOOD RHEOLOGY FOOD PRODUCTS


4 4
TECHNIQUES IN AND MONITORING
S6 FTT396 FTT398
FOOD QUALITY MICROSTRUCTUR 4 4 AND CONTROL 4 4
FTT394
AND SAFETY E
RESEARCH FOOD BUSINESS
METHODOLOGY LAWS AND AGRO
AND STATISTICS 4 4 LEGISLATION INDUSTRIAL
4 4 4 4
S7 FTT495 FTT497 FTT499 PROJECT
PLANNING AND
MANAGEMENT

S8 FTD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 FTD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 FTD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

253
FOOD TECHNOLOGY

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

254
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in table
below.

Sl. Category Code Credit


No s

1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8


courses

2 Basic Science courses BSC 26


3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G. Total 162

255
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming, Workshop, Basic
Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering, Thermodynamics, Design
Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities, Professional
Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of Indian


Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three numerals like
E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the course. EC stands for course
in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a course in Mathematics, course code ES
refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third letter stands for the nature of the course as
indicated in the following table 1.

Table 1: Code for the courses


Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three-digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in which the
course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four-year duration. Of the
other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered normally in the odd (odd
number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The middle number could be any digit.
ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in
Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET 344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the
sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a
course in Basic Engineering offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given
in the curriculum and syllabi.

256
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course Prefix


Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC


Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical (Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU Robotics and


29 Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

257
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER I

SLO COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


T
A MAT101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUN101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 17
*

*Minimum hours per week

Note: To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to
each course

258
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER II

SLO COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOUR CREDI


T S T

A MAT102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUN102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

259
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters. Institutions
can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the Institution to opt
for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in S2 & vice versa. Students opting for
Engineering Physics B in a semester should attend Physics Lab in the same semester and
students opting for Engineering Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry
Lab in the same semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in S2 & vice versa.

3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering shall
be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering contain equal weightage
for Civil Engineering and Mechanical Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE,
CSE, IT, RA can choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical Engineering
and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of
50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME, MECHATRONICS, PE,
METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course in S1. Students having Basics of
Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in
the same semester and students having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a
semester should attend Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful
and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being aware
of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete, leading and
generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is being aimed at.
This course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students
by introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success, and help
them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence in
English required for independent and effective communication for their professional needs.
Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive listening practice,
Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive

260
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
thinking, improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed
reading practice, use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing, Introduction
to reports. Study Skills, use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of contents page, cover &
back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

261
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO:
A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION 3-1-0 4 4
AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B IET201 THEORY OF MACHINES AND DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

C IET203 FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC 3-1-0 4 4


MACHINES
D IET205 MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURING 3-1-0 4 4
PROCESSES
E EST200 DESIGN AND ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2

1/2 HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S IEL201 FLUID MECHANICS AND 0-0-3 3 2


HYDRAULICMACHINES LAB
T MEL203 MATERIAL TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

Total 30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4. Institutions can
advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for
Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 & vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course (Thursdays from
3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for minor programme, he/she
can be given remedial class.

262
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO:
A MAT212 INTRODUCTION TO STOCHASTIC 3-1-0 4 4
MODELS
B IET202 WORK SYSTEM DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

C IET204 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 3-1-0 4 4

D IET206 MACHINE TOOLS AND DIGITAL 3-1-0 4 4


MANUFACTURING
E EST200 DESIGN AND ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S IEL202 WORK SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T IEL204 MACHINE TOOLS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4. Institutions can
advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for
Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 & vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course (Thursdays
from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for minor programme,
he/she can be given remedial class.

263
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO
A IET 301 SUPPLY CHAIN AND LOGISTICS MANAGEMENT 3-1-0
4 4
B IET 303 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3-1-0
4 4
C IET 305 THERMAL ENGINEERING 3-1-0
4 4
D IET 307 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 3-1-0
4 4
E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS AND FOREIGN TRADE 3-0-0
3 3
1/2
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0
3 3
F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0
2 --
S IEL 331 THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3
3 2
T IEL 333 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING LAB 0-0-3
3 2
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0
4* 4
TOTAL 31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in both S5
and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in
the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for
Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

264
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO
A IET302 SYSTEM MODELLING AND SIMULATION 3-1-0
4 4

B IET304 ADVANCED OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3-1-0


4 4

C IET306 DATA ANALYSIS 3-1-0


4 4

D IETXXX PROGRAMELECTIVE I 2-1-0


3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS AND FOREIGN TRADE 3-0-0


3 3
1/2
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0
3 3

F IET308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0


1 1

S IEL332 SIMULATION LAB 0-0-3


3 2

T IEL334 DATA ANALYSIS AND OPTIMISATION LAB 0-0-3


3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0


4* 4

TOTAL 29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO
MET312 2-1-0
NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING
IET322 MANAGEMENT OF PROJECTS 2-1-0

MET332 2-1-0
ADVANCED MECHANICS OF SOLIDS
2-1-0
D MET342 IC ENGINE COMBUSTION AND POLLUTION 3 3
MET352 2-1-0
AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

MET362 2-1-0
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT

MET372 2-1-0
ADVANCED METAL JOINING TECHNIQUES

265
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in both S5
and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in
the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for
Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of study
shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective type similar to
the GATE examination and will be conducted by the University. Syllabus for comprehensive
examination shall be prepared by the respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from
semester 3 to 5. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a
faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

266
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO: COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A IET401 QUALITY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
3 3
B IETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0
3 3
C IETXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0
3 3
D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
3 --
S IEL411 QUALITY CONTROL LAB 0-0-3
3 2
T IEQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3
3 2
U IED415 PROJECT PHASE 1 0-0-6
6 2
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0
4* 4
TOTAL 28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


MET413 ADVANCED METHODS IN NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING 2-1-0
IET423 ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING 2-1-0
MET433 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 2-1-0
B IET443 DATA ANALYTICS USING R AND PYTHON 2-1-0 3 3
MET453 HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES 2-1-0
IET463 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS 2-1-0
IET473 BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses (maximum 5) they would like
to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed below are offered to the students of all
undergraduate branches offered in the college other than Industrial Engineering program under KTU

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


IET415 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
IET425 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
C IET435 SYSTEM SIMULATION 2-1-0
IET445 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
3 3
IET455 FACILITIES PLANNING AND MATERIAL HANDLING 2-1-0

267
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and reliable
information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline from technical
publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books, project reports etc., prepare a
report based on a central theme and present it before a peer audience. Each student shall
present the seminar for about 20 minutes duration on the selected topic. The report and the
presentation shall be evaluated by a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator
for that program, seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation,
technical content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the students
themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The object of Project
Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative study in the broad field of Industrial
Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to
be assigned by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a
Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The
assignment to normally include:
⮚ Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
⮚ Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work;
⮚ Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
⮚ Block level design documentation
⮚ Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/ Design/ Feasibility;
⮚ Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the Department;
⮚ Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before a departmental committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator and project
supervisor.

268
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A IET402 APPLIED ERGONOMICS 2-1-0
3 3

B IETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0


3 3

C IETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0


3 3

D IETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0


3 3

E IET404 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE 1-0-0


1 1

U IED416 PROJECT PHASE 2 0-0-12


12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0


4* 4

TOTAL 28 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO: COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


IET414 BIOMATERIALS 2-1-0
MET424 DECISIONS WITH METAHEURISTICS 2-1-0
IET434 TIME SERIES ANALYSIS 2-1-0
B IET444 MULTIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS 2-1-0
3 3
IET454 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS 2-1-0
MET464 MICRO AND NANO MANUFACTURING 2-1-0
IET474 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT AND SIX SIGMA 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO: COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


MET 416 COMPOSITE MATERIALS 2-1-0
MET 426 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 2-1-0
IET436 FINANCIAL AND MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING 2-1-0
C
IET446 MULTI-CRITERIA DECISION MAKING TECHNIQUES 2-1-0 3 3
MET 456 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION 2-1-0
MET 466 TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
IET476
GROUP TECHNOLOGY AND FLEXIBLE 2-1-0
MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS

269
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


MET 418 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MET 428 INDUSTRIAL INTERNET OF THINGS 2-1-0
IET438 FINANCIAL ENGINEERING 2-1-0
D IET448 BIG DATA ANALYTICS 2-1-0 3 3
IET458 INDUSTRIAL SCHEDULING 2-1-0
MET 468 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 2-1-0
IET478 RISK ANALYSIS IN DECISION MAKING 2-1-0

NOTE

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester of study
shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based on the core subjects
studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be conducted by the same three
member committee assigned for final project phase II evaluation towards the end of the
semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty
and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in the
curriculum. The mark will be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal
marks of other courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student to extend
further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully theoretical/practical or involving
both theoretical and practical work, under the guidance of a Supervisor from the Department
alone or jointly with a Supervisor drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to
provide a good training for the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment
to normally include:
⮚ In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under PhaseI;
⮚ Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
⮚ Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment as needed;
⮚ Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and future directions;
⮚ Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if possible;
⮚ Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the Department;
⮚ Final Presentation before a Committee

270
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator and project
supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three-member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from Industry/research Institute
and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same committee will conduct comprehensive
course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of additional learning
in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The objective is to permit a student
to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific interests. Upon completion of an
Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to perform interdisciplinary research and will be
better employable. Engineering Minors allow a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and
exposure to concepts and perspectives that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or other
activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist basket of 3-6 courses
is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more foundation courses. A basket may
have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket. S/he
accumulates credits by registering for the required courses, and if the requirements for a particular
minor are met within the time limit for the course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in
the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be
reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course
cannot be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The individual
course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included in the
curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be identified by M
slot courses.

(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits required is 182
(162 + 20 credits from value added courses)

(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three courses listed in
the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the chosen area. They
can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by undergoing 2

271
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the Academic Council or through
courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and
no extra time shall be required for conducting the courses.

(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.

(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be awarded.

(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all academic units
offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The courses shall be grouped
into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses
may rest on basic courses in the basket. Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be
allowed. In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Minor in INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING can opt to study the
courses listed below:

SEMESTER BASKET-1
COURSE COURSES HOURS CREDIT
NO.
S3 IET281 WORK STUDY AND ERGONOMICS 4 4
S4 IET282 PRODUCTION AND OPERATIONS 4 4
MANAGEMENT
S5 IET381 DECISION SCIENCES 4 4
S6 IET382 INSPECTION AND QUALITY CONTROL 4 4
S7 IED481 MINI PROJECT 4 4
S8 IED482 MINI PROJECT 4 4

HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits needed for
this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing this option for
academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended for a student to gain
expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline and to enrich knowledge in
emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering concerned. It is particularly suited for students
aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to
perform research in her/his branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of
the programme, this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses
taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the programme, Honours will not
be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade
card.

272
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a particular
specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same group in all
semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed
subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be exactly as for other mandatory
courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included in
the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The honours courses shall be
identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three courses
listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the
chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs
recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the Academic Council or through
courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Honours shall be conducted along with
regular classes and no extra time shall be required for conducting the courses. The students
should earn a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of Technology
in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than or equal to 8.5, earned
a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours and without any history of ‘F’
Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all academic
units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses.The courses
shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a particular
specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same group in
all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be
changed subsequently. In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen
area in S8. Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
can opt to study the courses listed below:

SEMESTER GROUP I
COURSE COURSES HOURS CREDIT
NO.
S4 IET292 BASICS OF FINANCIAL MARKET 4 4
S5 IET393 FINANCIAL REPORTING AND ANALYSIS 4 4
S6 IET394 DERIVATIVES AND ALTERNATIVE 4 4
INVESTMENTS

273
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING
S7 IET495 QUANTITATIVE TRADING 4 4
S8 IED496 MINI PROJECT 4 4

SEMESTER GROUP II
COURSE COURSES HOURS CREDIT
NO.
S4 IET294 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR AND 4 4
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT
S5 IET395 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 4 4
S6 IET396 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT 4 4
S7 IET497 MANAGEMENT INFORMATION 4 4
SYSTEMS
S8 IED496 MINI PROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique three-week
immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which includes a wide range of
activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports tournaments, social work and much
more. The programme is designed to mould students into well-rounded individuals, aware and
sensitized to local and global conditions and foster their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help
students to discover their passion. Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the freshers to
interact with their batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is
structured around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

● Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral fortitude.
● Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by expressing
themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other creative activities.
● Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and group
communication.
● Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and our place
in at as concerned citizens of the world.
● Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure healthy
physical and mental growth.

274
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL
ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

275
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

276
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC


Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

277
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:
To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

278
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:
1. Engineering Physics A and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics A in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics A in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.

279
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLYcan choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful
and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being
aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete,
leading and generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is
being aimed at. This course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the
potential of the students by introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and
professional success, and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in
their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence
in English required for independent and effective communication for their professional
needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive
listening practice, Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy
in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion
practice, Reading, Speed reading practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical
reading practice, Writing Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in
formal writing, Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc.,
Importance of contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

280
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B ICT201 BASICS OF INSTRUMENTATION 3-1-0 4 4


ENGINEERING & TRANSDUCER
C ICT203 DESIGN OF LOGIC CIRCUITS 3-1-0 4 4

D ICT205 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS AND NETWORKS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S ICL201 LOGIC CIRCUITS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ICL203 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS 0-0-3 3 2


LAB
R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

281
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS

B ICT202 MEASUREMENTS AND 3-1-0 4 4


INSTRUMENTATION
C ICT204 INTEGRATED CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

D ICT206 CONTROL ENGINEERING I 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S ICL202 TRANSDUCERS AND MEASUREMENTS 0-0-3 3 2


LAB
T ICL204 ANALOG CIRCUITS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student doesnot opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

282
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A ICT301 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION 1 3-1-0 4 4

B ICT303 CONTROL ENGINEERING II 3-1-0 4 4

C ICT305 MICROCONTROLLERS 3-1-0 4 4

D ICT307 SIGNALS & SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S ICL331 SYSTEM SIMULATION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ICL333 MICROCONTROLLERS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

283
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A ICT302 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION 2 3-1-0 4 4

B ICT304 PROCESS CONTROL 3-1-0 4 4

C ICT306 DISCRETE-TIME SIGNAL PROCESSING 3-1-0 4 4

D ICTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F ICT308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S ICL332 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ICD334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ICT312 NONLINEAR DYNAMICS AND CHAOS 2-1-0


ICT322 VIRTUAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
ICT332 SOFT COMPUTING 2-1-0 3 3
D ICT342 ANALYTICAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
ICT352 NUMERICAL METHODS 2-1-0
ICT362 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
ICT372 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

284
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5.The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.
4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen the
understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of theoretical
concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the horizon of their thinking.
The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a problem by applying theoretical
knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-solving skills. Students should identify a
topic of interest in consultation with Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather
information pertaining to the chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology
to achieve the objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to
achieve the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two reviews.
The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report
is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be demonstrated for its full design
specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic
aspects taken care of in the project shall be given due weight. The internal evaluation will
be made based on the product, the report and a viva- voce examination, conducted
internally by a 3 member committee appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD
or a senior faculty member, Academic coordinator for that program, project
guide/coordinator.
Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks
Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

285
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A ICT401 PLC AND DCS 2-1-0 3 3

B ICTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C ICTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S ICL411 PROCESS CONTROL LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ICQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U ICD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ICT413 DIGITAL CONTROL 2-1-0


ICT423 INDUSTRIAL PROCESS CONTROL 2-1-0
B ICT433 DATA ACQUISITION AND SIGNAL 2-1-0 3 3
CONDITIONING
ICT443 REFINERY INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
ICT453 DESIGN OF DIGITAL SYSTEMS 2-1-0
ICT463 BIOMEDICAL IMAGING SYSTEMS 2-1-0
ICT473 CORROSION CONTROL 2-1-0

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses
listed below are offered by the Department of INSTRUMENTATION &CONTROL
ENGINEERING for students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college
under KTU.

286
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ICT 415 ENVIRONMENTAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0


C ICT 425 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0 3 3
ICT 435 AUTOMOBILE INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and reliable
information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline from technical
publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books, project reports etc.,
prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before a peer audience. Each
student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes duration on the selected topic. The
report and the presentation shall be evaluated by a team of faculty members comprising
Academic coordinator for that program, seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on
style of presentation, technical content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and
overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the
students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The
object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative study in the broad
field of Instrumentation and Control , either fully theoretical/practical or involving both
theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on a group of three/four
students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation
for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/ Design/
Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30

287
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator
and project supervisor.

288
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A ICT402 INSTRUMENTATION SYSTEM DESIGN 2-1-0 3 3

B ICTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C ICTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D ICTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T ICT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U ICD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0- 12 4


12
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ICT414 NUMERICAL COMPUTATION USING 2-1-0


PYTHON
ICT424 INDUSTRIAL NETWORKS 2-1-0 3 3
B ICT434 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 2-1-0
ICT444 POWER PLANT INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
ICT454 IoT AND APPLICATIONS 2-1-0
ICT464 IMAGE PROCESSING 2-1-0
ICT474 REMOTE SENSING AND CONTROL 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ICT416 SYSTEM IDENTIFICATION AND 2-1-0


ADAPTIVE CONTROL
ICT426 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL IN 2-1-0 3 3
C LARGE SCALE INDUSTRIES
ICT436 MEMS 2-1-0
ICT446 AUTOMOBILE INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
ICT456 VHDL PROGRAMMING 2-1-0
ICT466 BIOMEDICAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 2-1-0
ICT476 AEROSPACE ENGINEERING AND 2-1-0
NAVIGATION INSTRUMENTATION

289
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ICT418 MODERN METHODS OF INSTRUMENT 2-1-0


ANALYSIS
ICT428 HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS 2-1-0 3 3
D ICT438 INDUSTRIAL DRIVES AND CONTROL 2-1-0
ICT448 INSTRUMENTATION FOR AGRICULTURE 2-1-0
ICT458 EMBEDDED SYSTEM DESIGN 2-1-0
ICT468 BIOMECHANICS 2-1-0
ICT478 OPTO ELECTRONICS AND 2-1-0
INSTRUMENTATION
NOTE
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.
3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;

290
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR
Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based

291
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum.The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed.In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in INSTRUMENTATION & CONTROL can opt to study the courses listed
below: Also mention the programs that are eligible for registering the minor.

Minor in Process Control and Minor in Data Acquisition and


Specialisation

Automation Signal Conditioning

AE, BM, CH, EE, EC, FT, IE, SB, FS AQ, AE, AU, BM, CH, EE, EB, EC,
FT, ME, MR
Eligible

S BASKET I BASKET II
e
m H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
st No. U E No. U E
er R D R D
S I S I
T T
S3 ICT 281 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4 ICT 283 CIRCUIT DESIGN 4 4
SENSORS AND ANALYSIS FOR
TRANSDUCERS INSTRUMENTATION
S4 ICT 282 LINEAR SYSTEM 4 4 ICT 284 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4
ANALYSIS VIRTUAL
INSTRUMENTATION
S5 ICT 381 PROCESS 4 4 ICT 383 DATA ACQUISITION 4 4
AUTOMATION AND SIGNAL
CONDITIONINGFOR
INSTRUMENTATION
S6 ICT 382 PRINCIPLES OF 4 4 ICT 384 ROLE OF IoTIN DATA 4 4
PROCESS CONTROL ACQUISITION AND
AUTOMATION

292
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
S7 ICD 481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ICD 481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 ICD 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ICD 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if she/he opts for the extra 20
credits needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is
providing this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is
intended for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech
discipline and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be
included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum.The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than

293
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in INSTRUMENTATION &
CONTROL ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below:

GROUP I GROUP II
S H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
m No U E No U E
R D R D
es S I S I
te T T
r
S4 ICT292 ENGINEERING 4 4 ICT 294 MECHATRONIC 4 4
OPTIMIZATION SYSTEMS
S5 ICT 393 PROCESS 4 4 ICT 395 PRINCIPLES OF 4 4
DYNAMICS ROBOTICS
S6 ICT 394 ADVANCED 4 4 ICT 396 FIELD AND 4 4
PROCESS SERVICE
CONTROL ROBOTICS
S7 ICT 495 INTELLIGENT 4 4 ICT 497 MACHINE VISION 4 4
CONTROL SYSTEMS
S8 ICD 496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ICD 496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

294
INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL ENGINEERING
 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

295
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.Tech INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.
Sl. Category Code Credits
No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

296
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other than the lecture hours, these courses can have
tutorial and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

297
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
Departments
Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

298
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:
To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

299
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 100 ENGINEERING PHYSICS A 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 4-0-0 4 4
ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics A and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics A in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics A in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.
2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

300
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in S1 and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, and POLY can choose this
course in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one
semester should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and
students having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should
attend Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful
and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being
aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete,
leading and generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is
being aimed at. This course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the
potential of the students by introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and
professional success, and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in
their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence
in English required for independent and effective communication for their professional
needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive
listening practice, Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy
in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion
practice, Reading, Speed reading practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical
reading practice, Writing Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in
formal writing, Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc.,
Importance of contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

301
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO
A MAT203 DISCRETE MATHEMATICAL STRUCTURES 3-1-0 4 4

B ITT201 DATA STRUCTURES 3-1-0 4 4

C ITT203 DIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

D ITT205 PROBLEM SOLVING USING PYTHON 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1\2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 -----

S ITL201 DATA STRUCTURES LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ITL203 PROGRAMMING AND SYSTEM UTILITIES LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R\M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

302
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO
A MAT208 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND ADVANCED 3-1-0 4 4
GRAPH THEORY
B ITT202 PRINCIPLES OF OBJECT ORIENTED 3-1-0 4 4
TECHNIQUES
C ITT204 COMPUTER ORGANIZATION 3-1-0 4 4

D ITT206 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1\2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 -----

S ITL202 OBJECT ORIENTED TECHNIQUES LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ITL204 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

303
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO
A ITT301 WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 3-1-0 4 4

B ITT303 OPERATING SYSTEM CONCEPTS 3-1-0 4 4

C ITT305 DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKING 3-1-0 4 4

D ITT307 FORMAL LANGUAGES AND AUTOMATA 3-1-0 4 4


THEORY
E ITT309 MANAGEMENT FOR SOFTWARE 3-0-0 3 3
ENGINEERS
F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 ----

S ITL331 OPERATING SYSTEM AND NETWORK 0-0-3 3 2


PROGRAMMING LAB
T ITL333 WEB APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R\M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 31 23/27

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

304
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A ITT302 INTERNETWORKING WITH TCP/IP 3-1-0 4 4

B ITT304 ALGORITHM ANALYSIS AND DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

C ITT306 DATA SCIENCE 3-1-0 4 4


D ITTXXX PROGRAME ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


TRADE
F ITT308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S ITL332 COMPUTER NETWORKS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ITD334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R\M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 29 23/27
PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


ITT312 USER INTERFACE AND USER EXPERIENCE 2-1-0
DESIGN
D ITT322 COMPILER DESIGN 2-1-0
ITT332 SOFT COMPUTING 2-1-0 3 3
ITT342 MICROPROCESSORS 2-1-0
ITT352 DISTRIBUTED SYSTEMS 2-1-0
ITT362 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 2-1-0
ITT372 SEMANTIC WEB 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and

305
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

3. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen the
understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of theoretical
concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the horizon of their thinking.
The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a problem by applying theoretical
knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-solving skills. Students should identify a
topic of interest in consultation with Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather
information pertaining to the chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology
to achieve the objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to
achieve the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two reviews.
The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report
is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be demonstrated for its full design
specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic
aspects taken care of in the project shall be given due weight. The internal evaluation will
be made based on the product, the report and a viva- voce examination, conducted
internally by a 3 member committee appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD
or a senior faculty member, Academic coordinator for that program, project
guide/coordinator.

Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks


Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

306
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A ITT401 DATA ANALYTICS 2-1-0 3 3

B ITTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C ITTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ----

S ITL411 DATA ANALYTICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T ITQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U ITD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R\M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 28 15/19
PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


ITT413 MOBILE COMPUTING 2-1-0
ITT423 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 2-1-0
B ITT433 OBJECT ORIENTED MODELING AND DESIGN 2-1-0
ITT443 ADVANCED DATABASE MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
SYSTEMS 3 3
ITT453 MACHINE LEARNING 2-1-0
ITT463 OPTIMIZATION AND METAHEURISTICS 2-1-0
ITT473 PROBABILISTIC AND STOCHASTIC 2-1-0
MODELLING

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. For example The
courses listed below are offered by the Department of INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY for
students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU .

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

ITT415 WEB DESIGNING 2-1-0


C ITT 425 MULTIMEDIA TECHNIQUES 2-1-0 3 3
ITT 435 FREE AND OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE 2-1-0
ITT 445 MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 2-1-0

307
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and reliable
information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline from technical
publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books, project reports etc.,
prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before a peer audience. Each
student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes duration on the selected topic. The
report and the presentation shall be evaluated by a team of faculty members comprising
Academic coordinator for that program, seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on
style of presentation, technical content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and
overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the
students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The
object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative study in the broad
field of Information Technology, either fully theoretical/practical or involving both
theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on a group of three/four
students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation
for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/ Design/
Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator
and project supervisor.

308
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A ITT402 CRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 2-1-0 3 3

B ITTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C ITTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D ITTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

E ITT404 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE 1-0-0 1 1

U ITD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R\M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


ITT414 COMPUTER VISION 2-1-0
ITT424 CYBER AND NETWORK FORENSICS 2-1-0
B ITT434 CLOUD COMPUTING 2-1-0
ITT444 DATA MINING AND WAREHOUSING 2-1-0 3 3
ITT454 SEARCH ENGINE OPTIMISATION 2-1-0
ITT464 COMPUTER GRAPHICS 2-1-0
IIT474 BLOCK CHAIN TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


ITT416 SOCIAL NETWORKS ANALYSIS 2-1-0
ITT426 INTERNET OF THINGS 2-1-0
ITT436 HIGH SPEED NETWORKS 2-1-0
C ITT446 ADHOC AND WIRELESS SENSOR 2-1-0 3 3
NETWORKS
ITT456 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERFACING 2-1-0
ITT466 PIPELINING AND PARALLEL PROCESSING 2-1-0
ITT476 NETWORK SCIENCE 2-1-0

309
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


ITT418 INFORMATION STORAGE MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
ITT428 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE 2-1-0
D ITT438 SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE 2-1-0
ITT448 NETWORK ON CHIPS 2-1-0 3 3
ITT458 NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING 2-1-0
ITT468 BIO-INFORMATICS 2-1-0
ITT478 DEEP LEARNING 2-1-0

NOTE
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 PM). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;

310
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

311
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY Branch can opt to study the courses
listed below.

S BASKET I BASKET II BASKET III


e WEB AND ANDROID COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
DEVELOPMENT
m H C H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
st No. U E No. U E No. U E
er R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
S3 ITT281 JAVA 4 4 ITT283 DATA 4 4 ITT285 SOFTWARE 4 4
PROGRAMMING COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING
S4 ITT282 DATABASE 4 4 ITT284 COMPUTER 4 4 ITT286 SOFTWARE 4 4
MANAGEMENT NETWORKS PROJECT
MANAGEMENT
TECHNIQUES
S5 ITT381 WEB APPLICATION 4 4 ITT383 INTERNET 4 4 ITT 385 SOFTWARE 4 4
DEVELOPMENT TECHNOLOGY ARCHITECTURE
CONCEPTS
S6 ITT382 ANDROID 4 4 ITT384 INTERNETWORKING 4 4 ITT386 PRINCIPLES OF 4 4
PROGRAMMING SOFTWARE
QUALITY
ASSURANCE
S7 ITD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ITD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ITD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 ITD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ITD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ITD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

312
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a mini
project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by
undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such

313
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in INFORMATION
TECHNOLOGY can opt to study the courses listed below.

GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III

S H C H C H C
e Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
m No U E No U E No U E
R D R D R D
es S I S I S I
te T T T
r
S4 ITT292 MATHEMATICAL 4 4 ITT294 NUMBER THEORY 4 4 ITT296 MICROPROCESSOR 4 4
FOUNDATION AND
FOR MICROCONTROLLER
NETWORKING PROGRAMMING
S5 ITT393 WIRELESS 4 4 ITT395 SECURITY IN 4 4 ITT397 ADVANCED 4 4
COMMUNICATIO COMPUTING COMPUTER
N ARCHITECTURE
S6 ITT394 DESIGN AND 4 4 ITT396 APPLIED 4 4 ITT398 EMBEDDED SYSTEM 4 4
ANALYSIS OF COMPUTER
NETWORKS SECURITY
S7 ITT495 ENTERPRISE 4 4 ITT497 WEB SECURITY 4 4 ITT499 ROBOTICS AND 4 4
NETWORKS AUTOMATION
S8 ITD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 ITD496 MINIPROJECT 4 ITD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.

314
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

315
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B. TECH MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in table
below.
Sl. Category Code Credits
No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

316
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming, Workshop,
Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering, Thermodynamics, ,
Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities, Professional
Communication, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional Communication,
Economics etc.
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of Indian
Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three numerals
like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the course. EC stands for
course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a course in Mathematics, course
code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third letter stands for the nature of the
course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in which the
course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four year duration. Of
the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered normally in the odd (odd
number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The middle number could be any
digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department for third semester, MAT 101 is a
course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET 344 is a course in Electrical Engineering
offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in Physics offered both the first and second
semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering offered by one or many departments. These
course numbers are to be given in the curriculum and syllabi.

317
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Departments
Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.
Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT


02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC
Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC


04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME


06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR
07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT
08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU
09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP
10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB
11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH
12 Electronics & EC 27 Polymer Engg PO
Communication
13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE
14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

318
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:
To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be
allotted to each course

319
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:
1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in S2 & vice
versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should attend Physics Lab in
the same semester and students opting for Engineering Chemistry in one semester should
attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in S2 & vice
versa.

320
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering
shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering contain equal
weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical Engineering. Slot for the course is D with
CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI,
BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical Engineering
and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE
marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME, MECHATRONICS,
PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course in S1. Students having
Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester should attend Civil & Mechanical
Workshop in the same semester and students having Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering in a semester should attend Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same
semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful and
positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being
aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete,
leading and generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is
being aimed at. This course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the
potential of the students by introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and
professional success, and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in
their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence in
English required for independent and effective communication for their professional
needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive
listening practice, Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency &
accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group
discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical
and critical reading practice, Writing Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal
letters, Tone in formal writing, Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary,
thesaurus etc., Importance of contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language
Lab.

321
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER III
SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.
A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND 3-1-0 4 4
COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B MET201 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 3-1-0 4 4

C MET203 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS 3-1-0 4 4

D MET205 METALLURGY & MATERIAL SCIENCE 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN AND ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S MEL201 COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING 0-0-3 3 2

T MEL203 MATERIALS TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4** 4

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 & vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course (Thursdays
from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for minor
programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

322
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS

B MET202 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS 3-1-0 4 4

C MET204 MANUFACTURING PROCESS 3-1-0 4 4

D MET206 FLUID MACHINERY 3-1-0 4 4

EST200 DESIGN AND ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


E
1/2 HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S MEL202 FM & HM LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MEL204 MACHINE TOOLS LAB-I 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/ VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONORS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4


H
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:
1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches in the
Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 & vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for minor
programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

323
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDI


NO. T
A MET301 MECHANICS OF MACHINERY 3-1-0 4 4

B MET303 THERMAL ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4

C MET305 3-1-0 4 4
INDUSTRIAL & SYSTEMS ENGINEERING

D MET307 MACHINE TOOLS AND METROLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS AND 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S MEL331 MACHINE TOOLS LAB-II 0-0-3 3 2

T MEL333 THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB-I 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONORS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in
both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of
branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and
Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

324
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MET302 HEAT & MASS TRANSFER 3-1-0 4 4

B MET304 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY & 3-1-0 4 4


MACHINE DESIGN
C MET306 ADVANCED MANUFACTURING 3-1-0 4 4
ENGINEERING
D METXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS AND 3-0-0 3 3


E FOREIGN TRADE
½ HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MET308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S MEL332 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN & 0-0-3 3 2


ANALYSIS LAB
T MEL334 THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB-II 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/ VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


H COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MET312 NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING 2-1-0


MET322 DATA ANALYTICS FOR ENGINEERS 2-1-0
MET332 ADVANCED MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 2-1-0
D IC ENGINE COMBUSTION AND 2-1-0
MET342
POLLUTION 3 3
MET352 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MET362 PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 2-1-0
ADVANCED METAL JOINING 2-1-0
MET372
TECHNIQUES
NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in
both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of
branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and
Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

325
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

2. **All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 2 to 4 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honors programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of
study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective
type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted online by the University.
Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the respective BoS
choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass minimum for this
course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum.

326
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MET401 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS 2-1-0 3 3

B METXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C METXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S MEL411 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MEQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U MED415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/ VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONORS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4


H
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MET413 ADVANCED METHODS IN 2-1-0


NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING
MET423 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES AND 2-1-0 3 3
APPLICATIONS
B
MET433 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 2-1-0
MET443 AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MET453 HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES 2-1-0
MET463 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
MET473 AIR CONDITIONING AND 2-1-0
REFRIGERATION

OPEN ELECTIVE
The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs The courses listed
below are offered by the Department of MECHANICAL ENGINEERING for students of
other undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU.

327
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MET415 INTRODUCTION TO BUSINESS 2-1-0


ANALYTICS
MET425 QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES FOR 2-1-0 3 3
ENGINEERS
C
MET435 AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
MET445 RENEWABLE ENERGY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MET455 QUALITY ENGINEERING AND 2-1-0
MANAGEMENT

NOTE:
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honors course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student does not opt
for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and reliable
information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline from technical
publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books, project reports etc.,
prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before a peer audience. Each
student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes duration on the selected topic. The
report and the presentation shall be evaluated by a team of internal members comprising
three senior faculty members based on style of presentation, technical content, adequacy
of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or the
students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their guides. The
object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative study in the broad
field of Mechanical Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical or involving both
theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on a group of three/four
students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation
for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to normally include:
⮚ Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
⮚ Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team work;
⮚ Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned topic;
⮚ Block level design documentation
⮚ Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/ Design/

328
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Feasibility;
⮚ Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
⮚ Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project coordinator and
project supervisor.

329
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MET402 MECHATRONICS 2-1-0 3 3

B METXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C METXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D METXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

E MET404 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE 1-0-0 1 1

U MED416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/ VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONORS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4


H
TOTAL 25/28 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III


SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MET414 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0


MET424 DECISIONS WITH METAHEURISTICS 2-1-0
MET434 PRESSURE VESSEL AND PIPING DESIGN 2-1-0
B MET444 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS 2-1-0 3 3
MET454 INDUSTRIAL TRIBOLOGY 2-1-0
MET464 MICRO AND NANO MANUFACTURING 2-1-0
MET474 HEATING AND VENTILATION SYSTEMS 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV
SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.
MET 416 COMPOSITE MATERIALS 2-1-0
MET 426 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE 2-1-0
LEARNING
3 3
MET 436 ACOUSTICS AND NOISE CONTROL 2-1-0
MET 446 HEAT TRANSFER EQUIPMENT DESIGN 2-1-0
C
MET 456 ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION 2-1-0
MET 466 TECHNOLOGY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
MET 476 CRYOGENIC ENGINEERING 2-1-0

330
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

PROGRAM ELECTIVE V
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MET 418 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING 2-1-0


MET 428 INDUSTRIAL INTERNET OF THINGS 2-1-0
MET438 FRACTURE MECHANICS 2-1-0
D MET 448 GAS TURBINES AND JET PROPULSION 2-1-0 3 3
MET 458 ADVANCED ENERGY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MET 468 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 2-1-0
MET 478 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING 2-1-0

NOTE
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does not opt for
minor/honors programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester of
study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based on the
syllabus mentioned for comprehensive course work in the sixth semester. The viva voce
will be conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The
course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising
questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will be treated as
internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other courses.
3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student to
extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the guidance
of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor drawn from R&D
laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for the student(s) in R&D
work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally include:
⮚ In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
⮚ Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
⮚ Detailed Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Design/ Problem Solving/ Experiment as
needed;
⮚ Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and future
directions;
⮚ Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if possible;

331
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

⮚ Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the


Department;
⮚ Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from Industry/research
Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same committee will conduct
comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of additional
learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The objective is to
permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific interests. Upon
completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to perform interdisciplinary
research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow a student to gain
interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives that may not be a part of
their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or other
activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist basket of 3-6
courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more foundation courses. A
basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the
basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required courses, and if the requirements
for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the course, the minor will be awarded. This
will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”.
The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If
one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be
awarded. The individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated
grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included in the
curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be identified by
M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits required is
182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three courses
listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the chosen
area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by
undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the Academic
Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Minor shall be conducted along
with regular classes and no extra time shall be required for conducting the courses.

332
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all academic units
offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The courses shall be
grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have sequences within it, i.e.,
advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket. Reshuffling of courses between various
baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen
area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered for B.Tech Minor in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Branch can opt to study the courses listed below:

S BASKET I BASKET II BASKET III


e H C H C H C
m Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
e No. U E No. U E No. U E
st R D R D R D
er S I S I S I
T T T
S3 MET281 MECHANICS OF 4 4 MET283 FLUID MECHANICS 4 4 MET285 MATERIAL 4 4
MATERIALS & MACHINERY SCIENCE &
TECHNOLOGY
S4 MET282 THEORY OF 4 4 MET284 THERMODYNAMICS 4 4 MET286 MANUFACTURIN 4 4
MACHINES G TECHNOLOGY
S5 MET381 DYNAMICS OF 4 4 MET383 THERMAL 4 4 MET385 MACHINE TOOLS 4 4
MACHINES ENGINEERING ENGINEERING
S6 MET382 MACHINE DESIGN 4 4 MET384 HEAT TRANSFER 4 4 MET386 INDUSTRIAL 4 4
ENGINEERING
S7 MED481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MED481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MED481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 MED482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MED482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MED482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits needed
for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing this option for
academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended for a student to gain
expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline and to enrich knowledge in
emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering concerned. It is particularly suited for
students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon completion of Honours, a student will be better
equipped to perform research in her/his branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of
credits at the end of the programme, this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor
of Technology in xxx, with Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card,
along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of
the programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however, will
be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a particular
specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same group in all

333
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed
subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be exactly as for other
mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BOS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The honours
courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a mini project
based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by undergoing 2
MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the Academic Council
or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for Honours shall be conducted
along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required for conducting the
courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses under
honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than or
equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours and
without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses.
The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from
same group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the
student and cannot be changed subsequently. In any case, they should carry out a mini
project based on the chosen area in S8. Students who have registered for B.Tech
Honours in MECHANICAL ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below.

SE GROUP III
ME GROUP I GROUP II
STE
R H C
Course Course H C Course Course H C Course Course Name O R
No. Name O R No. Name O R No. U E
U E U E R D
R D R D S I
S I S I T
T T
S4 MET292 CONTINUUM 4 4 MET294 ADVANCED 4 4 MET296 MATERIALS IN 4 4
MECHANICS MECHANICS MANUFACTURING
OF FLUIDS
S5 MET393 EXPERIMENT 4 4 MET395 ADVANCED 4 4 MET397 FLUID POWER 4 4
AL STRESS THERMODYNA

334
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
ANALYSIS MICS AUTOMATION

S6 MET394 ADVANCED 4 4 MET396 4 4 MET398 ADVANCED 4 4


DESIGN COMPRESSIBL NUMERICAL
SYNTHESIS E FLUID FLOW CONTROLLED
MACHINING

S7 MET495 ADVANCED 4 4 MET497 COMPUTATIO 4 4 MET499 4 4


THEORY OF NAL PRECISION
VIBRATIONS METHODS IN MACHINING
FLUID FLOW &
HEAT
TRANSFER
S8 MED496 MINIPROJEC 4 4 MED496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MED496 MINIPROJECT 4 4
T

INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique three-week
immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which includes a wide
range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports tournaments, social work
and much more. The programme is designed to mould students into well-rounded individuals,
aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster their creativity, inculcate values and
ethics, and help students to discover their passion. Foundation Programme also serves as a
platform for the fresher’s to interact with their batchmates and seniors and start working as a
team with them. The program is structured around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

● Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
● Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by expressing
themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other creative
activities.
● Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and group
communication.
● Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and our
place in at as concerned citizens of the world.

335
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B. TECH MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING


Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum.

Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as below:


Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

336
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,


Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,


Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of


Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the following table.

Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

337
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

338
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:

To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

339
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.
2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.

340
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

341
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION


MAT201 4
A AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS 3-1-0 4

B 4
MUT201 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY 3-1-0 4
C 4
MUT203 AUTO CHASSIS 4-0-0 4
METALLURGY AND MATERIAL
D 4
MET205 SCIENCE 3-1-0 4

2
EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2
E
1/2 2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2
--
F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2
COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE
S MEL201
DRAWING 0-0-3 3 2

T MUL203 2
FM & HM LAB 0-0-3 3
REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 4
R/M VAC 3-1-0 4*
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

342
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING

SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS

B MET202 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS 3-1-0 4 4

C MUT204 AUTO POWER PLANT 3-1-0 4 4

D MUT206 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S MUL202 MATERIALS TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MUL204 VEHICLE SYSTEMS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student doesnot opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

343
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING

SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MUT301 AUTO ELECTRICAL AND 3-1-0 4 4


ELECTRONICS
B AUT303 MANUFACTURING PROCESS 3-1-0 4 4

C MUT305 VEHICLE DYNAMICS 3-1-0 4 4

D MUT307 AUTO TRANSMISSION 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S MUL331 PRODUCTION ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MEL333 THERMAL ENGINEERING LAB-I 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE

TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade-in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

344
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A AUT302 MECHANICS OF MACHINERY 3-1-0 4 4

B MUT304 ADVANCED IC ENGINES 3-1-0 4 4

C MUT306 AUTO COMPONENT DESIGN 3-1-0 4 4

D MUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MUT308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S MEL332 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN & 0-0-3 3 2


ANALYSIS LAB

T MUL332 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE

TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MUT312 VEHICLE MAINTENANCE 2-1-0


MET312 NON-DESTRUCTIVE TESTING 2-1-0
MUT322 VEHICLE BODY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 3
D MUT332 HEATING VENTILATION AND AIR- 2-1-0
CONDITIONING
MUT342 ELECTRIC VEHICLE TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
MUT362 PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
MUT372 NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 2-1-0
NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

345
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

346
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MUT401 HEAT & MASS TRANSFER 2-1-0 3 3

B MUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C MUTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S MUL411 AUTOTRONICS AND VEHICLE 0-0-3 3 2


TESTING LAB
T MUQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U MUD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE

TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MUT413 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS 2-1-0


MUT423 VEHICLE PERFORMANCE AND TESTING 2-1-0
MUT433 TRACTORS AND FARM EQUIPMENTS 2-1-0 3 3
B MUT443 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
MET423 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES AND 2-1-0
APPLICATIONS
MUT463 AUTOMOTIVE TESTING EQUIPMENTS 2-1-0
MUT473 AUTOMOTIVE AERODYNAMICS 2-1-0

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses (maximum 5)
they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed below are offered by the
Department of MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) for students of other undergraduate branches
offered in the college under KTU

347
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MUT415 MODERN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0


MUT425 HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES 2-1-0
MUT435 AUTOMOTIVE ERGONOMICS AND 2-1-0 3 3
C SAFETY
MUT445 AVG AND AUTONOMOUS VEHICLES 2-1-0
MUT455 COMPUTER SIMULATION AND 2-1-0
ANALYSIS OF AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Mechanical (Automobile) Engineering, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned
by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a
Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D
work. The assignment to normally include:

348
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

349
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MUT402 HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES 2-1-0 3 3

B MUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C MUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D MUTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T MUT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U MUD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE

TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MUT414 EMBEDDED SYSTEM IN AUTOMOBILES 2-1-0


MET434 PRESSURE VESSEL PIPING DESIGN 2-1-0
3 3
B MUT434 AVG AND AUTONOMOUS VEHICLES 2-1-0
MUT444 HUMAN RELATIONS MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
MET464 MICRO AND NANO MANUFACTURING 2-1-0
MUT464 OFF ROAD VEHICLES 2-1-0
MUT474 MODERN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MUT416 AUTOMOTIVE AIR CONDITIONING 2-1-0


MUT426 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 2-1-0
MUT436 AUTOMOTIVE MECHATRONICS 2-1-0 3 3
C MUT446 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 2-1-0

350
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
MUT456 THEORY OF VIBRATIONS 2-1-0
MUT466 AUTOMOTIVE ERGONOMICS AND 2-1-0
SAFETY
MUT476 NVH IN AUTOMOBILES 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MET468 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 2-1-0


MUT428 METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
MUT438 HYDROGEN FUELLED VEHICLES 2-1-0 3 3
MUT448 ADVANCED METAL JOINING TECHNIQUES 2-1-0
D MUT458 COMPUTER SIMULATION AND 2-1-0
ANALYSIS OF AUTOMOTIVE SYSTEMS
MUT468 AUTOMOTIVE NAVIGATION AND 2-1-0
CONTROLS
MUT478 ADVANCED ENERGY ENGINEERING 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;

351
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the

352
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in MECHANICAL AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING Branch can opt to study the
courses listed below:

BASKET I
SEMESTER HOURS CREDIT
COURSE NO. COURSE NAME

S3 AUT281 FUNDAMENTALS OF AUTOMOBILES 4 4


ENGINEERING
S4 AUT282 AUTOMOTIVE CHASSIS AND ENGINE 4 4
COMPONENTS
S5 AUT381 DYNAMICS OF AUTOMOBILES 4 4

S6 AUT382 MODERN AUTOMOTIVE TECHNOLOGY 4 4

S7 MUD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 MUD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

353
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BOS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a mini
project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by
undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.

354
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in MECHANICAL (AUTO) can
opt to study the courses listed below:

SEMESTER
GROUP I

Course Course Name HOURS CREDIT


No.
S4 MUT292 INCOMPRESSIBLE AND COMPRESSIBLE 4 4
FLOWS
S5 MUT393 ADVANCED THEORY OF VIBRATIONS 4 4

S6 MUT394 IC ENGINES AND ADVANCED 4 4


COMBUSTION STRATEGIES
S7 MUT495 SIMULATION AND ANALYSIS OF IC 4 4
ENGINE PROCESS
S8 MUD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batch mates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.

355
MECHANICAL (AUTOMOBILE) ENGINEERING
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

356
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

CURRICULUM I TO VIII: MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING


Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in
table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum.

Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as below:


Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

357
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

358
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC


Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

359
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICSB 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:

To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

360
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

361
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in


S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLYcan choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

362
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS
B MET201 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 3-1-0 4 4

C MPT203 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY 3-1-0 4 4

D MET205 METALLURGY & MATERIAL SCIENCE 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S MPL201 PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 0-0-3 3 2


DRAWING
T MEL203 MATERIAL TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

363
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


A MAT202 NUMERICAL METHODS

B 3-1-0 4 4
MPT202 MECHANICAL TECHNOLOGY
C 3-1-0 4 4
MET204 MANUFACTURING PROCESS
D 3-1-0 4 4
MPT206 MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY
DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
EST200
E
1/2 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2
HUT200
2-0-0 2 --
F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
S FLUID MECHANICS AND HYDRAULIC 0-0-3 3 2
MEL202
MACHINES LAB
T PRODUCTION TOOLING LAB -I 0-0-3 3 2
MPL204
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student doesnot opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

364
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MPT301 THEORY OF MACHINES 3-1-0 4 4

B MPT303 METROLOGY AND 3-1-0 4 4


INSTRUMENTATION
C MET305 INDUSTRIAL & SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4
ENGINEERING
D MPT307 CAD/CAM/CIM 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S MPL331 PRODUCTION TOOLING LAB -II 0-0-3 3 2

T MPL333 PRODUCTION PROCESS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

365
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MPT302 ADVANCED MATERIALS AND 4-0-0 4 4


MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
B MPT304 PRODUCTIONS AND OPERATIONS 3-1-0 4 4
MANAGEMENT
C MPT306 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY 3-1-0 4 4

D MPTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MPT308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S MEL332 COMPUTER AIDED AND DESIGN 0-0-3 3 2


ANALYSIS LAB
T MPL334 PRODUCTION ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MPT312 SUPPLY CHAIN AND LOGISTICS 2-1-0


MANAGEMENT
MPT322 PRECISION ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 3
D
MPT332 MAINTENANCE AND SAFETY 2-1-0
ENGINEERING
MPT342 THERMODYNAMICS 2-1-0
MPT352 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 2-1-0
MET312 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING 2-1-0
MET352 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING 2-1-0

366
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in
both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of
branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and
Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of study
shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective type
similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the University. Syllabus for
comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the respective BoS choosing any 5 core
courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course
should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based
on the core courses listed in the curriculum.

367
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MPT401 MACHINE DESIGN 2-1-0 3 3

B MPTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C MPTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S MPL411 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MPQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U MPD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MPT413 STATISTICS FOR ENGINEERS 2-1-0


MPT423 ROBOTICS 2-1-0
MPT433 DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS 2-1-0 3 3
B MARKETING MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
MPT443
MPT453 COMPOSITE MATERIALS AND 2-1-0
MECHANICS
MET433 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 2-1-0
MET473 AIR CONDITIONING AND 2-1-0
REFRIGERATION

OPEN ELECTIVE

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs.The courses listed
below are offered by the Department of MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING for
students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college

368
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MPT415 PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND 2-1-0


DESIGN
MPT435 PLANT ENGINEERING AND 2-1-0 3 3
C MAINTENANCE
MPT445 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY AND 2-1-0
ORGANISATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
MET425 QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUE FOR 2-1-0
ENGINEERS

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Mechanical(Production) Engineering, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned
by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a
Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D
work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;

369
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned


topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HOD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

370
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MET402 MECHATRONICS 2-1-0 3 3

B MPTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C MPTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D MPTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T MPT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U MPD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDI


T

MPT414 MACHINE TOOL DESIGN 2-1-0


MPT424 ARTIFICIAL INTELIGENCE IN 2-1-0
MANUFACTURING 3 3
B MPT434 ADVANCED OPERATION RESEARCH 2-1-0
MPT444 RAPID PROTOTYPING, TOOLING 2-1-0
AND MANUFACTURE
MPT454 NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MPT464 PROJECT ENGINEERING AND 2-1-0
MANAGEMENT
MPT474 FACILITIES PLANNING 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MPT416 METAL FORMING TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0


MPT426 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS 2-1-0
MPT436 LEAN AND AGILE MANUFACTURING 2-1-0 3 3
C MPT446 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
MPT456 TRIBOLOGY 2-1-0
MPT466 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
MPT476 ADVANCED METAL CASTING 2-1-0

371
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MPT418 TOOL ENGINEERING 2-1-0


MPT428 NANOTECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
MPT438 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 2-1-0 3 3
D MPT448 BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MPT458 CREATIVITY AND PRODUCT 2-1-0
ENGINEERING
MET458 ADVANCED ENERGY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MET478 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 PM). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;

372
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and


future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

373
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8.The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in INSPECTION AND QUALITY CONTROL can opt to study the courses
listed below:

BASKET I: INSPECTION AND QUALITY CONTROL


SEMESTER HOURS CREDIT
COURSE NO. COURSE NAME

S3 MPT281 INDUSTRIAL INSPECTION METHODS 4 4

S4 MPT 282 STATISTICAL PROCESS CONTROL 4 4

S5 MPT 381 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT 4 4

S6 MPT 382 CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES 4 4

S7 MPD 481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 MPD 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

374
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than

375
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in MECHANICAL PRODUCTION
ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below:
(vii)
GROUP I:PRECISION ENGINEERING GROUP II: SUSTAINABLE PRODUCT
DEVELOPMENT

SEM
ESTE Course Course Name HOURS CREDIT Course Course Name HOURS CREDIT
R No. No.
S4 MPT292 PRECISION 4 4 MPT294 ERGONOMICS 4 4
ENGINEERING
S5 MPT393 SURFACE 4 4 MPT395 DESIGN FOR 4 4
ENGINEERING MANUFACTURE
S6 MPT394 PROCESSING OF 4 4 MPT396 PRODUCT 4 4
NON-METALLIC DESIGN AND
MATERIALS DEVELOPMENT
S7 MPT495 DESIGN AND 4 4 MPT497 SYSTEM DESIGN 4 4
MANUFACTURIN FOR
G OF MEMS SUSTAINABILITY
S8 MPD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MPD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batch mates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

376
MECHANICAL PRODUCTION ENGINEERING

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

377
MECHATRONICS
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B. TECH MECHATRONICS
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:

Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

378
MECHATRONICS
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,


Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,


Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of


Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.

Table 1: Code for the courses

Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three-digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

379
MECHATRONICS
Departments
Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

380
MECHATRONICS
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICSB 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:
To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

381
MECHATRONICS
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

382
MECHATRONICS
2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.

3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

383
MECHATRONICS
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B MRT201 ELECTRICAL MACHINES & DRIVES 3-1-0 4 4

C MRT203 ANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3-1-0 4 4

D MRT205 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S MRL201 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MRL203 ANALOG & DIGITAL ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

384
MECHATRONICS
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4
NUMERICAL METHODS
B MRT202 THERMODYNAMICS 3-1-0 4 4
C MRT204 SENSORS AND ACTUATORS 3-1-0 4 4
D MRT206 MICROPROCESSOR & EMBEDDED 3-1-0 4 4
SYSTEMS
E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2
F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --
S MRL202 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2
T MRL204 MICROPROCESSOR & EMBEDDED 0-0-3 3 2
SYSTEM LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student doesnot opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

385
MECHATRONICS
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MET301 MECHANICS OF MACHINERY 3-1-0 4 4

B MRT303 LINEAR CONTROL SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

C MRT305 PLC & DATA AQUISTION SYSTEMS 3-1-0 4 4

D MRT307 SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S MRL331 PLC & DATA ACQUISTION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MRL333 INSRTUMENTATION LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2.
3. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

386
MECHATRONICS
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MRT302 ROBOTICS & AUTOMATION 3-1-0 4 4

B MRT304 DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING & 3-1-0 4 4


MACHINE VISION
C MRT306 INDUSTRIAL HYDRAULICS & 3-1-0 4 4
PNEUMATICS
D MRTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MRT308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S MRL332 MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MRD334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MRT312 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING 2-1-0


MRT322 BIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0
MRT332 POWER ELECTRONICS 2-1-0 3 3
D MRT342 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MRT352 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MRT362 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE 2-1-0
MET372 OPERATIONS RESEARCH
NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

387
MECHATRONICS
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5.The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.
4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen
the understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of
theoretical concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the
horizon of their thinking. The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a
problem by applying theoretical knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-
solving skills. Students should identify a topic of interest in consultation with
Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather information pertaining to the
chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology to achieve the
objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to achieve
the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two
reviews. The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department.
A project report is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be
demonstrated for its full design specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability
considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic aspects taken care of in the project shall be
given due weight. The internal evaluation will be made based on the product, the
report and a viva- voce examination, conducted internally by a 3 member committee
appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD or a senior faculty member,
Academic coordinator for that program, project guide/coordinator.
Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks
Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

388
MECHATRONICS
SEMESTER VII
SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT
NO.
A MRT401 ADVANCED AUTOMATION SYSTEMS 2-1-0 3 3
B MRTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3
C MRTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3
D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---
S MRL411 CAD LAB 0-0-3 3 2
T MRQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2
U MRD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MRT413 NETWORK AND DATA SECURITY 2-1-0


MRT423 MICRO ELECTRO MECHANICAL 2-1-0 3
B SYSTEMS 3
MRT433 RENEWABLE ENERGY 2-1-0
MRT443 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
MRT453 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 2-1-0
MRT463 FLUID MECHANICS & MACHINERY 2-1-0
MRT473 MAINTENANCE ENGINEERING 2-1-0

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. For example, the
courses listed below are offered by the Department of MECHATRONICS ENGINEERING for
students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

C MRT 415 BASICS OF ROBOTICS & AUTOMATION 2-1-0 3 3


MRT 425 AUTOMATION SYSTEMS 2-1-0

389
MECHATRONICS
NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes’
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Mechatronics either fully theoretical/practical or involving
both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on a group of
three/four students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected to provide
a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30

390
MECHATRONICS
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HOD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A MRT402 AUTOTRONICS 2-1-0 3 3
B MRTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3
C MRTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3
D MRTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3
T MRT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1
U MRD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MRT414 IOT & APPLICATIONS 2-1-0


MRT424 COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING 2-1-0
MRT434 SPECIAL ELECTRICAL MACHINES 2-1-0 3 3
B AND APPLICATIONS
MRT444 METALLURGY & MATERIALS 2-1-0
ENGINEERING
MRT454 STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL 2-1-0
MRT464 HYBRID AND ELECTRIC VEHICLES 2-1-0
MRT474 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 2-1-0

391
MECHATRONICS
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MRT416 ADVANCED MICROPROCESSORS 2-1-0


AND MICROCONTROLLERS
MRT426 NANO-ELECTRONICS 2-1-0 3 3
C MRT436 NON LINEAR SYSTEMS AND 2-1-0
CONTROL
MRT446 DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY 2-1-0
MRT456 ERGONOMICS 2-1-0
MRT466 ENERGY MANAGEMENT AND 2-1-0
AUDITING
MRT476 SIX SIGMA 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MRT418 WIRELESS AND SENSOR NETWORKS 2-1-0


MRT428 BIO-MECHATRONICS 2-1-0
MRT438 INDUSTRIAL INSTRUMENTATION 2-1-0 3 3
D MRT448 HEAT & MASS TRANSFER 2-1-0
MRT458 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
MRT468 OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES 2-1-0
MRT478 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 PM). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three-member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.
3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully

392
MECHATRONICS
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three-member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more

393
MECHATRONICS
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)

(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a miniproject based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.

(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.

(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.

(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8.Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in MECHATRONICS can opt to study the courses listed below:

394
MECHATRONICS
BASKET I BASKET II

Semes
ter

HOURS

HOURS
CREDIT

CREDIT
Course Course
Course Name Course Name
No. No.

MRT 281 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4 MRT281 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4


S3 SENSORS AND SENSORS AND
ACTUATORS ACTUATORS
MRT 282 FUNDAMENTALS OF 4 4 MRT 284 BASICS OF INDUSTRIAL 4 4
S4 ANALOG AND DIGITAL HYDRAULICS &
ELECTRONICS PNEUMATICS
MRT 381 EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 4 4 MRT 383 DATA AQUISTION & PLC 4 4
S5
SYSTEMS
MRT 382 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4 MRT 384 ADVANCED 4 4
S6 ROBOTICS & AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
AUTOMATION
MRD 481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MRD 481 MINIPROJECT 4 4
S7

S8 MRD 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MRD 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BOS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be
included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.

395
MECHATRONICS
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the
all-academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in
S8.Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in MECHATRONICS can opt
to study the courses listed below:

GROUP I GROUP II
Semester

Course No Course Name Course No Course Name


HOURS

HOURS
CREDIT

CREDIT

S4 MRT292 MICRO MECHATRONIC 4 4 MRT294 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 4 4


SYSTEMS
S5 MRT 393 DRIVES & CONTROL SYSTEM 4 4 MRT395 ADVANCED CONTROL 4 4
FOR AUTOMATION SYSTEMS
S6 MRT 394 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE & 4 4 MRT396 ADVANCED COMPUTER 4 4
EXPERT SYSTEM IN CONCEPT FOR
AUTOMATION AUTOMATION
S7 MRT 495 ADVANCED APPLICATIONS OF 4 4 MRT497 CNC MACHINE SYSTEMS 4 4
MECHATRONICS DESIGN
S8 MRD 496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MRD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

396
MECHATRONICS
INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks’ induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batch mates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

397
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B.TECH METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS
ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in
table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Non-credit (P/F)Courses Mandatory with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semestershallhave more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester- wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

398
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,


Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,


Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of


Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.

Table 1: Code for the courses

Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

399
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
Departments
Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC


Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgical & Materials MT


Engineering
08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

400
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT110 ENGINEERING PHYSICSB 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:

To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

401
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

402
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METALLURGICAL & MATERIALS ENGINEERING, BT, BCE, CHEM,
FT, POLY can choose this course in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering in one semester should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same
semester and students having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a
semester should attend Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

403
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION 3-1-0 4 4


AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B MTT201 METALLURGICAL 3-1-0 4 4


THERMODYNAMICS AND KINETICS
C MTT203 3-1-0 4 4
PHYSICAL METALLURGY
D MTT205 3-1-0 4 4
MINERAL BENEFICIATION
E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S MTL201 MINERAL DRESSING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MTL203 METALLOGRAPHY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

404
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING

SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS

B MTT202 HEAT TREATMENT OF MATERIALS 3-1-0 4 4

C MTT204 TRANSPORT PHENOMENA 3-1-0 4 4

D MTT206 MECHANICAL BEHAVIOR OF 3-1-0 4 4


MATERIALS
E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S MTL202 HEAT TREATMENT LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MTL204 MATERIALS TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

405
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MTT301 IRON AND STEEL MAKING 3-1-0 4 4

B MTT303 NON FERROUS EXTRACTION OF METALS 3-1-0 4 4

C MTT305 FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

D MTT307 MATERIALS JOINING TECHNOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S MTL331 FOUNDRY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MTL333 MATERIALS JOINING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

406
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MTT302 CORROSION ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4

B MTT304 DEFORMATION PROCESSING 3-1-0 4 4

C MTT306 MATERIALS CHARACTERIZATION 3-1-0 4 4

D MTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MTT308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S MTL332 CORROSION ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MTL334 SOFTWARE LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/ VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


H COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MTT312 DESIGN AND SELECTION OF 2-1-0


MATERIALS
MTT322 AUTOMOTIVE MATERIALS 2-1-0
D MTT332 MECHANICAL TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0 3 3
MTT342 ELECTRICAL, ELECTRONIC, OPTICAL 2-1-0
AND MAGNETIC MATERIALS
MTT352 MEASUREMENTS AND CONTROL 2-1-0
MTT362 NANO-MATERIALS AND 2-1-0
APPLICATIONS
MTT372 ENERGY MATERIALS AND 2-1-0
TECHNOLOGY

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in
both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of

407
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade in S5 and
Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of study
shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective type
similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the University. Syllabus for
comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the respective BOS choosing any 5 core
courses studied from semester 3 to 5.The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course
should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based
on the core courses listed in the curriculum.

408
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MTT401 NON-DESTRUCTING TESTING 2-1-0 3 3

B MTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C MTTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S MTL411 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T MTQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U MTD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MTT413 POWDER METALLURGY 2-1-0


MTT423 NUCLEAR METALLURGY 2-1-0
MTT433 ELECTRICALENGINEERING 2-1-0
B MATERIALS 3 3
MTT443 SEMICONDUCTOR MATERIALS 2-1-0
AND DEVICES
MTT453 EMERGING MATERIALS 2-1-0
MTT463 METALLURGY OF TOOL MATERIALS 2-1-0

MTT473 MATERIALS FOR EXTREME 2-1-0


ENVIRONMENTS

OPEN ELECTIVE

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed
below are offered by the Department of METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
for students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU.

409
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MTT 415 INTRODUCTION TO QUALITY 2-1-0


MANAGEMENT
MTT 425 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING AND 2-1-0 3 3
FAILURE ANALYSIS
C
MTT 435 PHYSICS OF MATERIALS 2-1-0
MTT 445 FUNDAMENTALS OF NANO 2-1-0
MATERIALS

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40

3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Metallurgical and Materials Engineering, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned
by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a
Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D
work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;

410
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.

Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50


Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

411
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MTT402 CERAMICS, POLYMERS AND 2-1-0 3 3


COMPOSITE MATERIALS
B MTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C MTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D MTTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T MTT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U MTD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MTT414 METALLURGICAL FAILURE ANALYSIS 2-1-0


MTT424 FATIGUE, CREEP AND FRACTURE 2-1-0
MTT434 SPECIAL CASTING TECHNIQUES 2-1-0 3 3
B MTT444 LADLE METALLURGY AND 2-1-0
CONTINUOUS CASTING OF STEELS
MTT454 ALLOY DEVELOPMENT 2-1-0
MTT464 HIGH TEMPERATURE MATERIALS 2-1-0
MTT474 SURFACE ENGINEERING 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MTT416 NON FERROUS PHYSICAL METALLURGY 2-1-0


MTT426 PARTICULATE PROCESSING 2-1-0
MTT436 SMART MATERIALS 2-1-0 3 3
C MTT446 BIO-MATERIALS 2-1-0
MTT456 MANUFACTURING METHODS 2-1-0
MTT466 FRACTURE MECHANICS 2-1-0
MTT476 FUELS, FURNACES AND REFRACTORIES 2-1-0

412
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

MTT418 NON TRADITIONAL MACHINING 2-1-0


MTT428 NON METALLIC MATERIALS 2-1-0
MTT438 COMPUTATIONAL MATERIALS 2-1-0 3 3
D SCIENCE
MTT448 ADVANCES IN METAL FORMING 2-1-0
MTT458 CERAMICS AND GLASSES 2-1-0
MTT468 RUBBER AND TYRE TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
MTT478 PROCESS MODELLING AND 2-1-0
APPLICATIONS
NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.
3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;

413
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BOS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

414
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)

(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a miniproject based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.

(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.

(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.

(vi)The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all academic
units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The courses
shall be grouped into maximum of 3baskets. The basket of courses may have sequences
within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket. Reshuffling of
courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should carry out a
mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8.Students who have registered for B.Tech
Minor in METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses
listed below:

S
e MATERIALS SCIENCE METALLURGICAL ENGINEERING INDUSTRIAL METALLURGY
m
H C H C H C
es
Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
te No. U E No. U E No. U E
r R D R D R D
S I S I S I
T T T
S3 MTT281 PRINCIPLES OF 4 4 MTT283 BASICS OF 4 4 MTT285 MATERIAL 4 4
PHYSICAL METALLURGICAL SELECTION FOR
METALLURGY ENGINEERING INDUSTRIAL
APPLICATIONS
S4 MTT282 METALLURGICAL 4 4 MTT284 ENGINEERING 4 4 MTT286 MECHANICAL 4 4
HEAT MATERIALS METALLURGY
TREATMENT
S5 MTT381 COMPOSITE 4 4 MTT383 INTRODUCTION TO 4 4 MTT385 WELDING 4 4
MATERIALS FOUNDRY METALLURGY
TECHNOLOGY
S6 MTT382 TESTING AND 4 4 MTT384 NON DESTRUCTIVE 4 4 MTT386 INTRODUCTION 4 4
EVALUATION OF EVALUATION TO MATERIALS
MATERIALS CHARACTERIZAT
ION

415
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
S7 MTD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MTD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MTD481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 MTD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MTD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MTD482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in Metallurgical
and Materials Engineering with Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated
grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned
during the course of the programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course
credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.

416
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in
S8.Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in METALLURGICAL AND
MATERIALS ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below:

S
E Group-II Group-III
Group-I
M
E H C H C H C
S Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R Course Course Name O R
T No. U E No. U E No. U E
E R D R D R D
R S I S I S I
T T T
S MTT292 ADVANCED 4 4 MTT294 ALLOY DESIGN 4 4 MTT296 RECENT 4 4
4 THERMODYNA AND DEVELOPMENTS IN
MICS OF DEVELOPMENT WELDING PROCESSES
MATERIALS

S MTT393 PHASE 4 4 MTT395 ECONOMICS OF 4 4 MTT397 RECENT TRENDS IN 4 4


5 TRANSFORMATI METAL NANO MATERIALS
ONS PRODUCTION
PROCESSES
S MTT394 CRYSTALLOGRA 4 4 MTT396 RECENT TRENDS 4 4 MTT398 ADVANCED 4 4
6 PHY IN METAL CHARACTERIZATION
FORMING TECHNIQUES
PROCESSES
S MTT495 EXPERIMENTAL 4 4 MTT497 AEROSPACE 4 4 MTT499 ADVANCED 4 4
7 TECHNIQUES IN MATERIALS SOLIDIFICATION
MATERIALS PROCESSING
SCIENCE
S MTD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4 MTD496 MINIPROJECT 4 MTD496 MINIPROJECT 4 4
8

417
METALLURGICAL AND MATERIALS ENGINEERING
INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

418
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed in
table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

419
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,


Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

420
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

421
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING

SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDI


T

A MAT 101 LINERA ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUN 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:

To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

422
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING

SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUN 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

423
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be resourceful
and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's personality by being
aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the abstract and the concrete,
leading and generating change, and staying rooted in time-tested values and principles is
being aimed at. This course is designed to enhance the employability and maximize the
potential of the students by introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and
professional success, and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in
their lives and careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of competence
in English required for independent and effective communication for their professional
needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to overcome them, Purposive
listening practice, Use of technology in the professional world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy
in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion
practice, Reading, Speed reading practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical
reading practice, Writing Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in
formal writing, Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc.,
Importance of contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

424
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING

SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERNTIAL EQUATION 3-1-0 4 4


AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS
B SBT 201 INTRODUCTION TO NAVAL 3-1-0 4 4
ARCHITECTURE
C SBT 203 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 3-1-0 4 4

D SBT 205 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S SBL 201 MECHANICS OF FLUIDS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T SBL 203 WELDING AND MACHINE TOOLS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

425
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS
B SBT202 RESISTANCE AND PROPULSION OF 3-1-0 4 4
SHIPS
C SBT204 STABILITY OF SHIPS AND 3-1-0 4 4
SUBMARINES
D SBT206 ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURES 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S SBL202 SHIP DESIGN LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T SBL204 MEASUREMENTS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

426
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A SBT301 SHIP DYNAMICS 3-1-0 4 4

B SBT303 STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF SHIPS 3-1-0 4 4

C SBT305 STRENGTH OF SHIPS – I 3-1-0 4 4

D SBT307 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY AND 3-1-0 4 4


INSTRUMENTATION
E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3
1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S SBL331 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T SBL333 MARINE HYDRODYNAMICS AND 0-0-3 3 2


HYDRAULIC MACHINERIES LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

427
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A SBT302 SHIP DESIGN – I 3-1-0 4 4

B SBT304 STRENGTH OF SHIPS - II 3-1-0 4 4

C SBT306 MARINE ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4

D SBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F SBT308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S SBL332 CAD/ CAM LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T SBL334 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

SBT312 MATERIAL SCIENCE 2-1-0


SBT322 MARINE POLLUTION, CONTROL AND 2-1-0
D RECOVERY SYSTEMS 3 3
SBT332 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS 2-1-0
SBT342 INLAND WATER TRANSPORTATION 2-1-0
NOTE:
1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

428
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks


Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

429
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A SBT401 SHIP DESIGN - II 2-1-0 3 3

B SBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C SBTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S SBL411 MARINE ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T SBQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U SBD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

SBT413 SHIPBUILDING MATERIALS, 2-1-0


CORROSION PREVENTION AND
PROTECTION 3 3
C SB 423 SHIP RECYCLING 2-1-0
SBT433 DESIGN OF FISHING VESSELS 2-1-0
SBT443 SHIP PRODUCTION 2-1-0

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. For example The
courses listed below are offered by the Department of NAVAL ARCHITECTURE & SHIP
BUILDING for students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU

430
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

SBT 415 DREDGERS AND HARBOUR CRAFTS 2-1-0


C SBT 425 SHIPBUILDING TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
SBT 435 MARINE MATERIALS AND 2-1-0 3 3
CORROSION

NOTE:
1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50

Attendance : 10

Guide : 20

Technical Content of the Report : 30

Presentation : 40

3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Naval Architecture and ship building , either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned
by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a
Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D
work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;

431
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50

Guide : 30

Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20

Final Seminar : 30

The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20

The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project


coordinator and project supervisor.

432
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A SBT402 OFFSHORE STRUCTURES 2-1-0 3 3

B SBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C SBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D SBTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T SBT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U SBD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

SBT414 JOINING TECHNIQUES IN 2-1-0


SHIPBUILDING TECHNOLOGY
SBT424 SHIP PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT 2-1-0 3 3
B SBT434 SUBMARINE AND SUBMERSIBLES 2-1-0
SBT444 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS IN SHIPS AND 2-1-0
SHIPYARDS

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

SBT416 SHIP SURVEY ESTIMATION AND 2-1-0


REPAIR
SBT426 REFRIGERATION AND AIR 2-1-0 3 3
C CONDITIONING OF SHIPS
SBT436 MARITIME LAW 2-1-0
SBT446 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS 2-1-0

433
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

SBT418 EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES ON 2-1-0


SHIPS AND MODELS
SBT428 OCEAN WAVE HYDRODYNAMICS 2-1-0 3 3
D SBT438 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND 2-1-0
COMPUTER AIDED MANUFACTURING
SBT448 FINITE ELEMENT METHOD 2-1-0

NOTE

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;

434
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee

Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75

Guide : 30

Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50

Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30

(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project


coordinator and project supervisor).

Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40

(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from


Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot

435
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum, of which one course shall be a mini project based on the
chosen area. They can do miniproject on the chosen area in S7 or S8. The remaining 8
credits could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies
and approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The
classes for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in NAVAL ARCHITECTURE & SHIP BUILDING Branch can opt to study the
courses listed below:

Basket I
Semester COURSE NO. Course Name Hours Credit
S3 SBT 281 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS IN 4 4
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE
S4 SBT 282 STABILITY OF SHIPS 4 4

S5 SBT 381 RESISTANCE OF SHIPS 4 4

S6 SBT 382 PROPULSION OF SHIPS 4 4

S7 SBD 481 MINI PROJECT -1 4 4

S8 SBD 482 MINI PROJECT -2 4 4

436
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING

HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum, of which one course shall be a mini project
based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired by
undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than

437
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in NAVAL ARCHITECTURE &
SHIP BUILDING can opt to study the courses listed below:

Group I
Semester COURSE NO. Course Name Hours Credit
S4 SBT292 ADVANCED PROPELLER DESIGN 4 4
OF SHIPS
S5 SBT393 ADVANCED SHIP STABILITY AND 4 4
DYNAMICS CALCULATIONS
S6 SBT394 DYNAMIC ANALYSIS OF SHIP 4 4
STRUCTURES
S7 SBT495 ECONOMICS IN SHIP DESIGN 4 4
S8 SBD496 MINI PROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM
There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:
The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.

438
NAVAL ARCHITECTURE AND SHIP BUILDING
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

439
POLYMER ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B. TECH POLYMER ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

440
POLYMER ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

441
POLYMER ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

442
POLYMER ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICSB 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:

To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

443
POLYMER ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

444
POLYMER ENGINEERING
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.

3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLYcan choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

445
POLYMER ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS AND 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B CHT201 CHEMISTRY FOR PROCESS 3-1-0 4 4


ENGINEERING
C POT201 POLYMERS & POLYMERISATION 3-1-0 4 4
PRINCIPLES
D POT203 POLYMER SCIENCE 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S POL201 CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T POL203 COMPUTER AIDED DRAFTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

446
POLYMER ENGINEERING

SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS

B CHT202 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 3-1-0 4 4


THERMODYNAMICS
C POT202 POLYMER PHYSICS 3-1-0 4 4

D POT204 LATEX TECHNOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2


1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S POL202 SPECIFICATION TEST LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T POL204 POLYMER PREPARATION AND 0-0-3 3 2


ANALYSIS LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

447
POLYMER ENGINEERING

SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A POT301 PLASTIC MATERIALS 3-1-0 4 4

B POT303 FLUID MECHANICS 3-1-0 4 4

C POT305 RUBBERS – SCIENCE AND 3-1-0 4 4


TECHNOLOGY
D POT307 POLYMER PROCESSING 3-1-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S POL331 FLUID MECHANICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T POL333 LATEX PRODUCTS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

448
POLYMER ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A POT302 POLYMER MACHINERY AND 3-1-0 4 4


PRODUCT MANUFACTURING
B POT304 TYRE TECHNOLOGY 3-1-0 4 4

C POT306 PAINTS AND SURFACE COATINGS 3-1-0 4 4

D POTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F POT308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S POL332 PRODUCT MANUFACTURING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T POD334 MINI PROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

POT312 HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER 2-1-0


POT322 ENERGY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
POT332 INDUSTRIAL BIOTECHNOLOGY 2-1-0 3 3
D POT342 MATERIAL SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING 2-1-0
POT352 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 2-1-0
POT362 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL 2-1-0
POT372 CATALYST SCIENCE AND CATALYTIC 2-1-0
PROCESSES
NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

449
POLYMER ENGINEERING
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.
4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen
the understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of
theoretical concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the
horizon of their thinking. The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a
problem by applying theoretical knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-
solving skills. Students should identify a topic of interest in consultation with
Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather information pertaining to the
chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology to achieve the
objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to achieve
the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two
reviews. The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department.
A project report is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be
demonstrated for its full design specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability
considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic aspects taken care of in the project shall be
given due weight. The internal evaluation will be made based on the product, the
report and a viva- voce examination, conducted internally by a 3 member committee
appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD or a senior faculty member,
Academic coordinator for that program, project guide/coordinator.
Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks
Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

450
POLYMER ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A POT401 POLYMER TESTING 2-1-0 3 3

B POTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C POTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S POL411 POLYMER TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T POQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U POD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

POT413 ENGINEERING STATISTICS AND QUALITY 2-1-0


CONTROL
POT423 OIL AND NATURAL GAS ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 3
B POT433 PROCESS MODELLING AND 2-1-0
SIMULATION
POT443 CORROSION ENGINEERING 2-1-0
POT453 PROJECT ENGINEERING 2-1-0
POT463 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND 2-1-0
MANUFACTURE
POT473 BIO REACTOR DESIGN 2-1-0
NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes

451
POLYMER ENGINEERING
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Polymer Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical or
involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on a
group of three/four students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected
to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to
normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before a departmental committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

452
POLYMER ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A POT402 POLYMER PRODUCTS - DESIGN AND 2-1-0 3 3


TESTING
B POTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C POTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D POTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T POT404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U POD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

POT414 FIBRE TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0


POT424 PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING 2-1-0
POT434 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 2-1-0 3 3
B POT444 POLYMER NAN COMPOSITES 2-1-0
POT454 FAILURE ANALYSIS OF POLYMERS 2-1-0
POT464 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS 2-1-0
POT474 ELECTROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

POT416 SPECIALITY POLYMERS 2-1-0


POT426 POLYMERS FOR ELECTRONIC 2-1-0
APPLICATIONS 3 3
C POT436 POLYMERS FOR SPACE APPLICATIONS 2-1-0
POT446 COMPOSITE MATERIALS 2-1-0
POT456 LIQUID CRYSTAL POLYMERS 2-1-0
POT466 PLASTICS PACKAGING TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
POT476 MODERN METHODS OF 2-1-0
INSTRUMENTATION

453
POLYMER ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

POT418 POLYMERS AND ENVIRONMENT 2-1-0


POT428 BIOMEDICAL AND BIOPOLYMERS 2-1-0
POT438 ADHESIVE SCIENCE AND 2-1-0 3 3
D TECHNOLOGY
POT448 POLYMER BLENDS AND COMPOSITES 2-1-0
POT458 SAFETY ENGINEERING OF PROCESS 2-1-0
PLANTS
POT468 POLYMERS AND SEPARATION 2-1-0
PROCESS
POT478 POLYMERS AND FUEL CELL 2-1-0
TECHNOLOGY

NOTE

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 PM). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;

454
POLYMER ENGINEERING
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be

455
POLYMER ENGINEERING
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through course listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in Polymer Engineering
Branch can opt to study the courses listed below:

GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III

Se H C H C H C
me Cour Course Name O R Cou Course Name O R Cou Course Name O R
ste se U E rse U E rse U E
r No R D No R D No R D
S I S I S I
T T T
S4 POT Fundamentals of 4 4 POT Energy Technology 4 4 POT Polymers in 4 4
292 Manufacturing 294 296 Construction
S5 POT Mould and Die 4 4 POT Conducting 4 4 POT Processing of Paints 4 4
393 Design 395 Polymers 397

456
POLYMER ENGINEERING
S6 POT Advanced 4 4 POT Polymers & 4 4 POT Plastics & Decoration 4 4
394 Mould 396 Photovoltaic 398
Manufacturing Technology
S7 POT Advanced 4 4 POT Advanced Polymer 4 4 POT Technology of Printing 4 4
495 Product Design 497 Electronics 499 Inks
S8 POD MINIPROJECT 4 4 POD MINIPROJECT 4 PO MINIPROJECT 4 4
496 496 D49
6

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

457
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:
Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

458
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

459
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & Control IC


Instrumentation

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

460
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICSB 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:

To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

461
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 4-0-0 4 4
ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering PhysicsB in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

462
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.

3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLYcan choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

463
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS
B PET201 MECHANICS OF SOLIDS 3-1-0 4 4

C PET203 FLUID MECHANICS AND MACHINERY 3-1-0 4 4

D PET205 METALLURGY AND MATERIAL SCIENCE 3-1-0 4 4

E1/2 EST200 DESIGN& ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2

HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 -

S PEL201 MATERIAL TESTING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T PEL203 COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/ MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

464
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4
NUMERICAL METHODS
B EET212 ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND AUTOMATION 3-1-0 4 4
C PET204 THERMODYNAMICS AND HEAT 3-1-0 4 4
TRANSFER
D PET206 MECHANISM AND MACHINES THEORY 3-1-0 4 4

E1/2 EST200 DESIGN& ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2

HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 -

S EEL212 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T PEL204 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/ MINOR COURSE/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student doesnot opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

465
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A PET301 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS 3-1-0 4 4

B PET303 CAD/CAM/CIM 3-1-0 4 4

C PET305 PRODUCTION PROCESSES 3-1-0 4 4

D PET307 MACHINE TOOL TECHNOLOGY AND 3-1-0 4 4


TOOL ENGINEERING
E1/2 HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS& FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3
TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 -

S PEL331 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND 0-0-3 3 2


ANALYSIS LAB
T PEL333 MACHINE TOOL LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/ MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

466
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A PET302 PLASTICITY AND METAL FORMING 3-1-0 4 4

B PET304 METROLOGY AND INSTRUMENTATION 3-1-0 4 4

C PET306 INDUSTRIAL ROBOTICS 3-1-0 4 4


D PETXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS& FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F PET308 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S PEL332 MANUFACTURING PROCESS AND 0-0-3 3 2


SIMULATION LAB
T PEL334 METROLOGY LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/ MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4** 4

TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


PET312 ADVANCED PRODUCTION PROCESS 2-1-0
PET322 MECHATRONICS 2-1-0
D PET332 PROJECT MANAGEMENT 2-1-0 3 3
PET342 FEM 2-1-0
PET352 COMPOSITES 2-1-0
PET362 DECISION MODELLING 2-1-0
PET372 ENERGY TECHNOLOGIES 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

467
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
2. **All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours
course (Tuesdays from 2 to 4 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted online by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BOS choosing any 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to 5. The pass
minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and
classes shall be arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in
the curriculum.

468
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A PET401 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 3

B PETXXX PROGRAMME ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C PETXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 -

S PEL411 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T PEQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U PED415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/ MINOR/HONOURS COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

PET413 NONCONVENTIONAL MACHINING 2-1-0


PET423 ADVANCES IN INDUSTRIAL 2-1-0
B AUTOMATION AND ROBOTICS 3 3
PET433 TQM 2-1-0
PET443 MACHINE DYNAMICS AND DESIGN 2-1-0
PET453 FAILURE OF MATERIALS 2-1-0
PET463 APPLIED PROBABILITY AND 2-1-0
STATISTICS
PET473 CFD 2-1-0

OPEN ELECTIVE

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed
below are offered by the Department of PRODUCTION ENGINEERING for students of other
undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU.

469
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

PET415 INTEGRATED PRODUCT 2-1-0


DEVELOPMENT
PET425 CONTEMPORARY MATERIALS 2-1-0
PET435 FLIGHT AGAINST GRAVITY 2-1-0
PET445 TQM 2-1-0 3 3
C PET455 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honors


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of internal members comprising three senior faculty members based on style
of presentation, technical content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and
overall quality of the report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40

3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Production Engineering, either fully theoretical/practical
or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on
a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected
to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to
normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned

470
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20

The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project


coordinator and project supervisor.

471
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A PET402 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT 2-1-0 3 3

B PETXXX PROGRAMME ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C PETXXX PROGRAMME ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D PETXXX PROGRAMME ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T PET404 COMPREHENSIVE VIVA VOCE 1-0-0 1 1

U PED416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/ MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

PET414 ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING 2-1-0


PET424 MODELLING AND ANALYSIS OF 2-1-0
B MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS 3 3
PET434 LEAN AND AGILE MANUFACTURING 2-1-0
PET444 PRODUCTION ENGINEERING TOOLING 2-1-0
PET454 ENERGY MATERIALS 2-1-0
PET464 TIME SERIES ANALYSIS. 2-1-0
PET474 HVAC SYSTEMS 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

PET416 INTELLIGENT MANUFACTURING 2-1-0


SYSTEMS
C PET426 ADVANCED MACHINE CONTROLS 2-1-0 3 3
PET436 ERP 2-1-0
PET446 MACHINE TOOL DESIGN 2-1-0
PET456 ADVANCED MATERIALS 2-1-0
PET466 MULTIVARIATE DATA ANALYSIS. 2-1-0
PET476 ENERGY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0

472
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

PET418 MAINTENANCE AND RELIABILITY 2-1-0


ENGINEERING
PET428 INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING 2-1-0
SYSTEMS
PET438 MARKETING MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
D PET448 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURE 2-1-0 3 3
PET458 PROCESSING OF ADVANCED 2-1-0
MATERIALS
PET468 ADVANCED OPTIMIZATION 2-1-0
TECHNIQUES
PET478 RENEWABLE ENERGY 2-1-0
TECHNOLOGIES
NOTE

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honorsprogramme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the syllabus mentioned for comprehensive course work in the sixth semester. The
viva voce will be conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final
project phase II evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for
this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be
arranged for practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum.
The mark will be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal
marks of other courses.
3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Design/ Problem Solving/
Experiment as needed;

473
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.

474
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)

(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject on the chosen area in S7 or S8. The remaining 8
credits could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies
and approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The
classes for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses.

(iv There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.

(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.

(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8.Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in QUALITY ENGINEERING Branch can opt to study the courses listed
below:

Semester BASKET I: QUALITY ENGINEERING

HOURS CREDIT
Course Course Name
No.
S3 PET281 INDUSTRIAL INSPECTION 4 4

S4 PET282 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING 4 4

S5 PET381 STATISTICAL QUALITY 4 4


CONTROL
S6 PET382 TOTAL QUALITY 4 4
MANAGEMENT
S7 PED481 MINIPROJECT 4 4

S8 PED482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

475
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
HONOURS

Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than

476
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in PRODUCTION
ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below.

SEMESTER GROUP I

Course No. Course Name HOURS CREDIT

S4 PET292 PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS 4 4

S5 PET393 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND 4 4


MACHINE LEARNING
S6 PET394 IOT AND CLOUD MANUFACTURING 4 4

S7 PET495 BIG DATA ANALYTICS 4 4

S8 PED496 MINIPROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.

477
PRODUCTION ENGINEERING
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

478
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
CURRICULUM I TO VIII:B.TECH ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall
be as below:

Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

479
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc
Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,
Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,
Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc
Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of
Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.
Course Code and Course Number
Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.
Table 1: Code for the courses
Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

480
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in
Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course

Prefix Prefix
01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT
Applied Electronics & Instrumentation &
02 Instrumentation AE 17 Control IC
03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC
04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA
05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME
06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR
07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT
08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU
09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP
10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 SB
Naval & Ship Building
11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH
12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO
13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE
Robotics and
14 Humanities HU 29 Automation RA
15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

481
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

Note: To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be
allotted to each course

482
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics A and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics A in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics A in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

483
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

484
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION AND 3-1-0 4 4


COMPLEX ANALYSIS
B RAT 201 PROCESSING AND PROPERTIES OF 4-0-0 4 4
MATERIALS
C RAT 203 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS 3-1-0 4 4

D RAT 205 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS 3-1-0 4 4

E EST 200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2

1/2 HUT 200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN 201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S RAL 201 MACHINE DRAWING AND SOLID 0-0-3 3 2


MODELLING LAB
T RAL 203 ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS AND DIGITAL 0-0-3 3 2
ELECTRONICS LABORATORY
R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

26/30 22/26
TOTAL

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

485
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS
B KINEMATICS AND DYNAMICS OF 3-1-0 4 4
RAT 202
MECHANISMS
C 3-1-0 4 4
RAT 204 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
D MICROCONTROLLERS AND 3-1-0 4 4
RAT 206
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS
E 2-0-0 2 2
EST 200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING
½
2-0-0 2 2
HUT 200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS
F 2-0-0 2 --
MCN 202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA
S MANUFACTURING AND 0-0-3 3 2
RAL 202
PROTOTYPING LAB
T MICROCONTROLLERS AND 0-0-3 3 2
RAL 204
EMBEDDED SYSTEMS LAB
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

486
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

3-1-0 4 4
A RAT 301 INTRODUCTION TO ROBOTICS
B 3-1-0 4 4
RAT 303 SOLID MECHANICS
C 3-1-0 4 4
RAT 305 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
D 3-1-0 4 4
RAT 307 CONTROL SYSTEMS
E HUT 300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3
1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT 310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN 301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S 0-0-3 3 2
RAL 331 AUTOMATION LAB
T ROBOT OPERATING SYSTEM LAB 0-0-3 3 2
RAL 333
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

487
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A RAT 302 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS 3-1-0 4 4

B RAT 304 ELECTRIC DRIVES AND CONTROL 3-1-0 4 4

C 3-1-0 4 4
RAT 306 SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS
D RAT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT 300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 FOREIGN TRADE
HUT 310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F RAT 308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S RAL 332 ROBOTICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T RAD 334 MINIPROJECT/CORE LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

RAT 312 SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS 2-1-0


RAT 322 ROBOTIC CONTROL SYSTEMS 2-1-0
RAT 332 FLUID POWER AUTOMATION 2-1-0 3 3
D RAT 342 MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND 2-1-0
METROLOGY
RAT 352 ENGINEERING OPTIMIZATION 2-1-0
RAT 362 COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS 2-1-0
RAT 372 SOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%

488
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester
of study shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of
objective type similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the
University. Syllabus for comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the
respective BoS choosing the above listed 5 core courses studied from semester 3 to
5. The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course should be mapped with a
faculty and classes shall be arranged for practicing questions based on the core
courses listed in the curriculum.

4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen


the understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of
theoretical concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the
horizon of their thinking. The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a
problem by applying theoretical knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-
solving skills. Students should identify a topic of interest in consultation with
Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather information pertaining to the
chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology to achieve the
objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to achieve
the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two
reviews. The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department.
A project report is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be
demonstrated for its full design specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability
considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic aspects taken care of in the project shall be
given due weight. The internal evaluation will be made based on the product, the
report and a viva- voce examination, conducted internally by a 3 member committee
appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD or a senior faculty member,
Academic coordinator for that program, project guide/coordinator.

Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks


Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10

489
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

490
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A ALGORITHMS AND DATA 2-0-2 4 3


RAT 401
STRUCTURES
B 2-1-0 3 3
RAT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II
C 2-1-0 3 3
RAT XXX OPEN ELECTIVE
D 2-1-0 3 ---
MCN 401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING
S ELECTRICAL DRIVES AND CONTROL 0-0-3 3 2
RAL 411
LAB
T 0-0-3 3 2
RAQ 413 SEMINAR
U 0-0-6 6 2
RAD 415 PROJECT PHASE I
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

RAT 413 MOBILE ROBOTICS 2-1-0


RAT 423 PLC AND DISTRIBUTED CONTROL 2-1-0
SYSTEMS 3 3
B RAT 433 THEORY OF ELASTICITY 2-1-0
RAT 443 DESIGNING THE MECHANISMS 2-1-0
FOR AUTOMATED MACHINES
RAT 453 TRIBOLOGY 2-1-0
RAT 463 FINITE ELEMENT METHODS 2-1-0
RAT 473 FUNDAMENTALS OF 2-1-0
MOMENTUM, HEAT AND MASS
TRANSFER

491
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
OPEN ELECTIVE

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. The courses listed
below are offered by the Department of Robotics and Automation for students of other
undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

RAT415 FUNDAMENTALS OF ROBOTICS 2-1-0


RAT425 BASICS OF MOBILE ROBOTICS 2-1-0
C RAT435 INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 2-1-0 3 3
RAT445 AI FOR ROBOTICS 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Robotics and Automation, either fully theoretical/practical
or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned by the Department on
a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a Supervisor. This is expected

492
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D work. The assignment to
normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide :30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee :20
Final Seminar :30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee :20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

493
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION

SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
A RAT 402 AI AND MACHINE LEARNING 2-1-0 3 3

B RAT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C RAT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D RAT XXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T RAT 404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U RAD 416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0- 12 4


12
R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4
COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

RAT 414 MACHINE VISION 2-1-0


RAT 424 BEHAVIORAL ROBOTICS 2-1-0
RAT 434 INDUSTRIAL MANIPULATORS 2-1-0 3 3
B RAT 444 ROBOT MOTION PLANNING 2-1-0
RAT 454 CNC MACHINES 2-1-0
RAT 464 NONLINEAR CONTROL 2-1-0
RAT 474 CONTINUUM MECHANICS 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

RAT 416 DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING 2-1-0


AND ASSEMBLY
RAT 426 NATURAL LANGUAGE 2-1-0 3 3
C PROCESSING
RAT 436 DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS 2-1-0
RAT 446 PROBABILISTIC ROBOTICS 2-1-0

494
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
RAT 456 INDUSTRY 4.0 2-1-0
RAT 476 SUPERVISORY CONTROL 2-1-0
PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

RAT 418 MECHATRONIC SYSTEM DESIGN 2-1-0


RAT 428 VIBRATION 2-1-0
RAT 438 CO-OPERATIVE ROBOTICS 2-1-0 3 3
D RAT 448 ROBOT NAVIGATION 2-1-0
RAT 458 HUMAN-MACHINE INTERFACE 2-1-0
RAT 468 ADAPTIVE CONTROL 2-1-0
RAT 478 AI FOR ROBOTICS 2-1-0

NOTE

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
PhaseI;
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;

495
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

496
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do miniproject either in S7 or in S8. The remaining 8 credits
could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and
approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes
for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be required
for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION can opt to study the courses listed
below:

Semester
BASKET I
HOURS CREDIT
Course Course Name
No.
S3 RAT281 BASICS OF ROBOTICS 4 4
INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL
S4 RAT 282 4 4
AUTOMATION
AI AND MACHINE LEARNING FOR
S5 RAT 381 4 4
ROBOTICS
INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE
S6 RAT 382 4 4
ROBOTICS
S7 RAD 481 MINIPROJECT 4 4
S8 RAD 482 MINIPROJECT 4 4

HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing

497
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be
included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
through 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by the
Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the all
academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select

498
ROBOTICS AND AUTOMATION
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
For example: Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in ROBOTICS &
AUTOMATION can opt to study the courses listed below:

GROUP I
Seme HOURS CREDIT
ster Course No Course Name

S4 RAT292 SENSORS AND ACTUATORS FOR ROBOTS 4 4


4 4
S5 RAT393 PLC AND SCADA
4 4
S6 RAT394 ADVANCED CONTROL FOR ROBOTICS
4 4
S7 RAT495 FIELD ROBOTICS
S8 RAD496 MINI PROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

499
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
CURRICULUM I TO VIII: B. TECH SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
Every course of B. Tech. Program shall be placed in one of the nine categories as listed
in table below.

Sl. Category Code Credits


No
1 Humanities and Social Sciences including Management HMC 8
courses
2 Basic Science courses BSC 26
3 Engineering Science Courses ESC 22

4 Program Core Courses PCC 76

5 Program Elective Courses PEC 15

6 Open Elective Courses OEC 3

7 Project work and Seminar PWS 10

8 Mandatory Non-credit Courses (P/F) with grade MNC -----

9 Mandatory Student Activities (P/F) MSA 2

Total Mandatory Credits 162

10 Value Added Course (Optional) VAC 20

No semester shall have more than six lecture-based courses and two laboratory and/or
drawing/seminar/project courses in the curriculum. Semester-wise credit distribution shall be as
below:

Sem 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Total

Credits 17 21 22 22 23 23 15 17 160

Activity 50 50 ---
Points
Credits for 2 2
Activity
G.Total 162

500
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
Basic Science Courses: Maths, Physics, Chemistry, Biology for Engineers, Life Science etc

Engineering science courses: Basic Electrical, Engineering Graphics, Programming,


Workshop, Basic Electronics, Basic Civil, Engineering Mechanics, Mechanical Engineering,
Thermodynamics, Design Engineering, Materials Engineering etc.

Humanities and Social Sciences including Management courses: English, Humanities,


Professional Ethics, Management, Finance & Accounting, Life Skills, Professional
Communication, Economics etc

Mandatory non-credit courses: Sustainable Engineering, Constitution of India/Essence of


Indian Knowledge Tradition, Industrial Safety Engineering, disaster management etc.

Course Code and Course Number

Each course is denoted by a unique code consisting of three alphabets followed by three
numerals like E C L 2 0 1. The first two letter code refers to the department offering the
course. EC stands for course in Electronics & Communication, course code MA refers to a
course in Mathematics, course code ES refers to a course in Engineering Science etc. Third
letter stands for the nature of the course as indicated in the Table 1.

Table 1: Code for the courses

Code Description

T Theory based courses (other the lecture hours, these courses can have tutorial
and practical hours, e.g., L-T-P structures 3-0-0, 3-1-2, 3-0-2 etc.)
L Laboratory based courses (where performance is evaluated primarily on the basis
of practical or laboratory work with LTP structures like 0-0-3, 1-0-3, 0-1-3 etc.)
N Non-credit courses
D Project based courses (Major, Mini Projects)
Q Seminar Courses

Course Number is a three digit number and the first digit refers to the Academic year in
which the course is normally offered, i.e. 1, 2, 3, or 4 for the B. Tech. Programme of four
year duration. Of the other two digits, the last digit identifies whether the course is offered
normally in the odd (odd number), even (even number) or in both the semesters (zero). The
middle number could be any digit. ECL 201 is a laboratory course offered in EC department
for third semester, MAT 101 is a course in Mathematics offered in the first semester, EET
344 is a course in Electrical Engineering offered in the sixth semester, PHT 110 is a course in
Physics offered both the first and second semesters, EST 102 is a course in Basic Engineering
offered by one or many departments. These course numbers are to be given in the
curriculum and syllabi.

501
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
Departments

Each course is offered by a Department and their two-letter course prefix is given in Table 2.

Table 2: Departments and their codes

Sl.No Department Course Sl.No Department Course


Prefix Prefix

01 Aeronautical Engg AO 16 Information Technology IT

02 Applied Electronics & AE 17 Instrumentation & IC


Instrumentation Control

03 Automobile AU 18 Mandatory Courses MC

04 Biomedical Engg BM 19 Mathematics MA

05 Biotechnology BT 20 Mechanical Engg ME

06 Chemical Engg CH 21 Mechatronics MR

07 Chemistry CY 22 Metallurgy MT

08 Civil Engg CE 23 Mechanical (Auto) MU

09 Computer Science CS 24 Mechanical(Prod) MP

10 Electrical & Electronics EE 25 Naval & Ship Building SB

11 Electronics & Biomedical EB 26 Physics PH

12 Electronics & Communication EC 27 Polymer Engg PO

13 Food Technology FT 28 Production Engg PE

14 Humanities HU 29 Robotics and Automation RA

15 Industrial Engg IE 30 Safety & Fire Engg FS

502
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER I

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 101 LINEAR ALGEBRA AND CALCULUS 3-1-0 4 4

B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICSB 3-1-0 4 4


1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 101 LIFE SKILLS 2-0-2 4 --

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 23/24 * 17

*Minimum hours per week

NOTE:

To make up for the hours lost due to induction program, one extra hour may be allotted to each
course

503
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT 102 VECTOR CALCULUS, DIFFERENTIAL 3-1-0 4 4


EQUATIONS AND TRANSFORMS
B PHT 110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS B 3-1-0 4 4
1/2
CYT 100 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3-1-0 4 4

C EST 100 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 2-1-0 3 3


1/2
EST 110 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS 2-0-2 4 3

D EST 120 BASICS OF CIVIL & MECHANICAL 4-0-0 4 4


1/2 ENGINEERING
EST 130 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL & 4-0-0 4 4
ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING
E HUT 102 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION 2-0-2 4 --

F EST 102 PROGRAMMING IN C 2-1-2 5 4

S PHL 120 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
CYL 120 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY LAB 0-0-2 2 1

T ESL 120 CIVIL & MECHANICAL WORKSHOP 0-0-2 2 1


1/2
ESL 130 ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS 0-0-2 2 1
WORKSHOP
TOTAL 28/29 21

NOTE:

1. Engineering Physics B and Engineering Chemistry shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Physics B in SI and Engineering Chemistry in
S2 & vice versa. Students opting for Engineering Physics B in a semester should
attend Physics Lab in the same semester and students opting for Engineering
Chemistry in one semester should attend Engineering Chemistry Lab in the same
semester.

2. Engineering Mechanics and Engineering Graphics shall be offered in both semesters.


Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches

504
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
in the Institution to opt for Engineering Mechanics in SI and Engineering Graphics in
S2 & vice versa.
3. Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering and Basics of Electrical & Electronics
Engineering shall be offered in both semesters. Basics of Civil & Mechanical
Engineering contain equal weightage for Civil Engineering and Mechanical
Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25 each and ESE marks of 50
each. Students belonging to branches of AEI, EI, BME, ECE, EEE, ICE, CSE, IT, RA can
choose this course in S1.
Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering contain equal weightage for Electrical
Engineering and Electronics Engineering. Slot for the course is D with CIE marks of 25
each and ESE marks of 50 each. Students belonging to AERO, AUTO, CE, FSE, IE, ME,
MECHATRONICS, PE, METTULURGY, BT, BCE, CHEM, FT, POLY can choose this course
in S1. Students having Basics of Civil & Mechanical Engineering in one semester
should attend Civil & Mechanical Workshop in the same semester and students
having Basics of Electrical & Electronics Engineering in a semester should attend
Electrical & Electronics Workshop in the same semester.

4. LIFE SKILLS
Life skills are those competencies that provide the means for an individual to be
resourceful and positive while taking on life's vicissitudes. Development of one's
personality by being aware of the self, connecting with others, reflecting on the
abstract and the concrete, leading and generating change, and staying rooted in
time-tested values and principles is being aimed at. This course is designed to
enhance the employability and maximize the potential of the students by
introducing them to the principles that underlie personal and professional success,
and help them acquire the skills needed to apply these principles in their lives and
careers.

5. PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATION
Objective is to develop in the under-graduate students of engineering a level of
competence in English required for independent and effective communication for
their professional needs. Coverage: Listening, Barriers to listening, Steps to
overcome them, Purposive listening practice, Use of technology in the professional
world. Speaking, Fluency & accuracy in speech, Positive thinking, Improving self-
expression, Tonal variations, Group discussion practice, Reading, Speed reading
practice, Use of extensive readers, Analytical and critical reading practice, Writing
Professional Correspondence, Formal and informal letters, Tone in formal writing,
Introduction to reports. Study Skills, Use of dictionary, thesaurus etc., Importance of
contents page, cover & back pages, Bibliography, Language Lab.

505
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING

SEMESTER III

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT201 PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATION 3-1-0 4 4


AND COMPLEX ANALYSIS

B FST201 FIRE ENGINEERING FUNDAMENTALS 3-1-0 4 4

C FST203 CHEMICAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES 3-1-0 4 4

D FST205 PRINCIPLES OF SAFETY 4-0-0 4 4


MANAGEMENT
E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN201 SUSTAINABLE ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 --

S FSL201 CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T FSL203 SAFETY ENGINEERING LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR COURSE 3-1-0 4* 4

TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.
2. *All Institutions shall keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

506
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING

SEMESTER IV

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A MAT202 PROBABILITY, STATISTICS AND 3-1-0 4 4


NUMERICAL METHODS
B FST202 FLUID MECHANICS AND FIRE 3-1-0 4 4
HYDRAULICS CALCULATION
C FST204 TRANSFER OPERATIONS IN 3-1-0 4 4
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
D FST206 ELECTRICAL TECHNOLOGY AND 4-0-0 4 4
SAFETY
E EST200 DESIGN & ENGINEERING 2-0-0 2 2
1/2
HUT200 PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 2-0-0 2 2

F MCN202 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2-0-0 2 --

S FSL202 HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T FSL204 FLUID MECHANICS LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 26/30 22/26

NOTE:

1. Design & Engineering and Professional Ethics shall be offered in both S3 and S4.
Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of branches
in the Institution to opt for Design & Engineering in S3 and Professional Ethics in S4 &
vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor course
(Thursdays from 3 to 5 PM and Fridays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student doesnot opt for
minor programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

507
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER V

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDI


T

A FST301 PLANNING AND DESIGN OF FIRE 3-1-0 4 4


PROTECTION SYSTEMS
B FST303 SAFETY IN MANUFACTURING 3-1-0 4 4
INDUSTRY
C FST305 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND FIRST 4-0-0 4 4
AID
D FST307 SAFETY IN CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY 4-0-0 4 4

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FOREIGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F MCN301 DISASTER MANAGEMENT 2-0-0 2 --

S FSL331 MACHINE TOOL LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T FSL333 FIRE ENGINEERING AND FIRST AID LAB 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 27/31 23/27

NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be
offered in both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50%
of the number of branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics &
Foreign Trade-in S5 and Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 3 to 5 PM). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.

508
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING

SEMESTER VI

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A FST302 HAZARD IDENTIFICATION AND RISK 3-1-0 4 4


ASSESSMENT
B FST304 STRUCTURAL FIRE SAFETY 3-1-0 4 4

C FST306 PROCESS SAFETY AND CONTROL 3-1-0 4 4


ENGINEERING
D FSTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE I 2-1-0 3 3

E HUT300 INDUSTRIAL ECONOMICS & FORIEGN 3-0-0 3 3


1/2 TRADE
HUT310 MANAGEMENT FOR ENGINEERS 3-0-0 3 3

F FST308 COMREHENSIVE COURSE WORK 1-0-0 1 1

S FSL332 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING 0-0-3 3 2


AND INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE LAB
T FSD334 MINIPROJECT 0-0-3 3 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 23/27

PROGRAM ELECTIVE I

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
FST312 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING AND 2-1-0
MANAGEMENT
FST322 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS 2-1-0
D FST332 BIOMECHANICS AND ERGONOMICS 2-1-0 3 3
FST342 FAULT DETECTION AND DAIGNOSIS 2-1-0
FST352 HEAT TRANSFER COMBUSTION AND 2-1-0
EXPLOSION
FST362 INDUSTRIAL ECOLOGY 2-1-0
FST372 SAFETY IN MINES 2-1-0
NOTE:

1. Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade and Management for Engineers shall be offered in
both S5 and S6. Institutions can advise students belonging to about 50% of the number of
branches in the Institution to opt for Industrial Economics & Foreign Trade-in S5 and
Management for Engineers in S6 and vice versa.

509
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
2. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours course
(Tuesdays from 3 to 5 PM and Wednesdays from 2 to 4 PM). If a student does not opt for
minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
3. Comprehensive Course Work: The comprehensive course work in the sixth semester of study
shall have a written test of 50 marks. The written examination will be of objective type
similar to the GATE examination and will be conducted by the University. Syllabus for
comprehensive examination shall be prepared by the respective BoS choosing any 5 core
courses studied from semester 3 to 5.The pass minimum for this course is 25. The course
should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for practising questions based
on the core courses listed in the curriculum.
4. Mini project: It is introduced in sixth semester with a specific objective to strengthen the
understanding of student’s fundamentals through effective application of theoretical
concepts. Mini project can help to boost their skills and widen the horizon of their thinking.
The ultimate aim of an engineering student is to resolve a problem by applying theoretical
knowledge. Doing more projects increases problem-solving skills. Students should identify a
topic of interest in consultation with Faculty/Advisor. Review the literature and gather
information pertaining to the chosen topic. State the objectives and develop a methodology
to achieve the objectives. Carryout the design/fabrication or develop codes/programs to
achieve the objectives. Demonstrate the novelty of the project through the results and
outputs. The progress of the mini project is evaluated based on a minimum of two reviews.
The review committee may be constituted by the Head of the Department. A project report
is required at the end of the semester. The product has to be demonstrated for its full design
specifications. Innovative design concepts, reliability considerations, aesthetics/ergonomic
aspects taken care of in the project shall be given due weight. The internal evaluation will
be made based on the product, the report and a viva- voce examination, conducted
internally by a 3 member committee appointed by Head of the Department comprising HoD
or a senior faculty member, Academic coordinator for that program, project
guide/coordinator.
Total marks: 150, CIE 75 marks and ESE 75 marks
Split up for CIE
Attendance : 10
Guide : 15
Project Report : 10
Evaluation by the Committee (will be evaluating the level of completion and
demonstration of functionality/specifications, presentation, oral examination, work
knowledge and involvement) : 40

510
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A FST401 SAFETY IN PETROLEUM AND 2-1-0 3 3


PETROCHEMICAL INDUSTRIES
B FSTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE II 2-1-0 3 3

C FSTXXX OPEN ELECTIVE 2-1-0 3 3

D MCN401 INDUSTRIAL SAFETY ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 ---

S FSL411 CAD AND COMPUTATIONAL LAB 0-0-3 3 2

T FSQ413 SEMINAR 0-0-3 3 2

U FSD415 PROJECT PHASE I 0-0-6 6 2

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 24/28 15/19

PROGRAM ELECTIVE II

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

FST413 FIRE DYNAMICS 2-1-0


FST423 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING & 3-0-0
SAFETY 3 3
B FST433 OHSAS 18000 and ISO 14000 3-0-0
FST443 NUCLEAR ENGINEERING AND SAFETY 2-1-0
FST453 SAFETY IN POWER PLANT 3-0-0
ENGINEERING
FST463 SAFETY IN MATERIAL HANDLING 2-1-0
FST473 EXPLOSIVE TECHNOLOGY AND SAFETY 2-1-0

OPEN ELECTIVE (OE)

The open elective is offered in semester 7. Each program should specify the courses
(maximum 5) they would like to offer as electives for other programs. For example: The
courses listed below are offered by the Department of Safety and Fire Engineering for
students of other undergraduate branches offered in the college under KTU

511
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

FST 415 RESPONSIBLE ENGINEERING 3-0-0


C FST 425 SAFETY IN CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY 3-0-0
3 3

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12 Noon). If a student
does not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Seminar: To encourage and motivate the students to read and collect recent and
reliable information from their area of interest confined to the relevant discipline
from technical publications including peer reviewed journals, conference, books,
project reports etc., prepare a report based on a central theme and present it before
a peer audience. Each student shall present the seminar for about 20 minutes
duration on the selected topic. The report and the presentation shall be evaluated by
a team of faculty members comprising Academic coordinator for that program,
seminar coordinator and seminar guide based on style of presentation, technical
content, adequacy of references, depth of knowledge and overall quality of the
report.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Attendance : 10
Guide : 20
Technical Content of the Report : 30
Presentation : 40
3. Project Phase I: A Project topic must be selected either from research literature or
the students themselves may propose suitable topics in consultation with their
guides. The object of Project Work I is to enable the student to take up investigative
study in the broad field of Safety and fire Engineering, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work to be assigned
by the Department on a group of three/four students, under the guidance of a
Supervisor. This is expected to provide a good initiation for the student(s) in R&D
work. The assignment to normally include:
 Survey and study of published literature on the assigned topic;
 Preparing an Action Plan for conducting the investigation, including team
work;

512
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
 Working out a preliminary Approach to the Problem relating to the assigned
topic;
 Block level design documentation
 Conducting preliminary Analysis/ Modelling/ Simulation/ Experiment/
Design/ Feasibility;
 Preparing a Written Report on the Study conducted for presentation to the
Department;
 Final Seminar, as oral Presentation before the evaluation committee.
Total marks: 100, only CIE, minimum required to pass 50
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation by the evaluation committee : 20
Final Seminar : 30
The report evaluated by the evaluation committee : 20
The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor.

513
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
SEMESTER VIII

SLOT COURSE NO. COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT

A FST402 HUMAN FACTORS ENGINEERING 2-1-0 3 3


AND BEHAVIOUR BASED SAFETY
B FSTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE III 2-1-0 3 3

C FSTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV 2-1-0 3 3

D FSTXXX PROGRAM ELECTIVE V 2-1-0 3 3

T FST404 COMPREHENSIVE COURSE VIVA 1-0-0 1 1

U FSD416 PROJECT PHASE II 0-0-12 12 4

R/M/H VAC REMEDIAL/MINOR/HONOURS 3-1-0 4* 4


COURSE
TOTAL 25/29 17/21

PROGRAM ELECTIVE III

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
FST414 LEGAL ASPECTS OF HSE 3-0-0
FST424 FOOD AND BIOSAFETY 2-1-0
FST434 NUMERICAL METHODS FOR PROCESS 2-1-0 3 3
B ENGINEERS
FST444 QUALITY ENGINEERING IN PRODUCTION 2-1-0
SYSTEM
FST454 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND 2-1-0
CONTROL
FST464 MARINE CORROSION AND PREVENTION 2-1-0
FST474 FUNDAMENTALS OF NANOSCIENCE 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE IV

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
FST416 TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM AND SAFETY 2-1-0
FST426 CHEMICAL TECHONOLOGY AND 2-1-0
MECHANICAL OPERATIONS 3 3
C FST436 DOCK SAFETY 2-1-0
FST446 RELIABILITY ENGINEERING 2-1-0

514
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
FST456 FIRE MODELLING 2-1-0
FST466 COMPOSITE MATERIALS 2-1-0
FST476 SAFETY IN TEXTILE INDUSTRY 2-1-0

PROGRAM ELECTIVE V

SLOT COURSE COURSES L-T-P HOURS CREDIT


NO.
FST418 ADVANCED SAFETY ENGINEERING AND 2-1-0
MANAGEMENT
FST428 FIRE RISK CALCULATIONS 2-1-0 3 3
D FST438 DRILLING AND STORAGE 2-1-0
FST448 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 2-1-0
FST458 SHIP’S FIRE PREVENTION AND CONTROL 2-1-0
FST468 OFFSHORE TECHNOLOGY 2-1-0
FST478 SAFETY IN POWDER HANDLING 2-1-0

NOTE:

1. *All Institutions should keep 4 hours exclusively for Remedial class/Minor/Honours


course (Mondays from 10 to 12 and Wednesdays from 10 to 12). If a student does
not opt for minor/honours programme, he/she can be given remedial class.
2. Comprehensive Course Viva: The comprehensive course viva in the eighth semester
of study shall have a viva voce for 50 marks. The viva voce shall be conducted based
on the core subjects studied from third to eighth semester. The viva voce will be
conducted by the same three member committee assigned for final project phase II
evaluation towards the end of the semester. The pass minimum for this course is 25.
The course should be mapped with a faculty and classes shall be arranged for
practising questions based on the core courses listed in the curriculum. The mark will
be treated as internal and should be uploaded along with internal marks of other
courses.

3. Project Phase II: The object of Project Work II & Dissertation is to enable the student
to extend further the investigative study taken up in Project 1, either fully
theoretical/practical or involving both theoretical and practical work, under the
guidance of a Supervisor from the Department alone or jointly with a Supervisor
drawn from R&D laboratory/Industry. This is expected to provide a good training for
the student(s) in R&D work and technical leadership. The assignment to normally
include:
 In depth study of the topic assigned in the light of the Report prepared under
Phase;

515
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
 Review and finalization of the Approach to the Problem relating to the
assigned topic;
 Detailed Analysis/Modelling/Simulation/Design/Problem Solving/Experiment
as needed;
 Final development of product/process, testing, results, conclusions and
future directions;
 Preparing a paper for Conference presentation/Publication in Journals, if
possible;
 Preparing a Dissertation in the standard format for being evaluated by the
Department;
 Final Presentation before a Committee
Total marks: 150, only CIE, minimum required to pass 75
Guide : 30
Interim evaluation, 2 times in the semester by the evaluation committee : 50
Quality of the report evaluated by the above committee : 30
(The evaluation committee comprises HoD or a senior faculty member, Project
coordinator and project supervisor).
Final evaluation by a three member committee : 40
(The final evaluation committee comprises Project coordinator, expert from
Industry/research Institute and a senior faculty from a sister department. The same
committee will conduct comprehensive course viva for 50 marks).

MINOR

Minor is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he does 20 credits worth of
additional learning in a discipline other than her/his major discipline of B.Tech. degree. The
objective is to permit a student to customize their Engineering degree to suit their specific
interests. Upon completion of an Engineering Minor, a student will be better equipped to
perform interdisciplinary research and will be better employable. Engineering Minors allow
a student to gain interdisciplinary experience and exposure to concepts and perspectives
that may not be a part of their major degree programs.

The academic units offering minors in their discipline will prescribe the set of courses and/or
other activities like projects necessary for earning a minor in that discipline. A specialist
basket of 3-6 courses is identified for each Minor. Each basket may rest on one or more
foundation courses. A basket may have sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest
on basic courses in the basket. S/he accumulates credits by registering for the required
courses, and if the requirements for a particular minor are met within the time limit for the
course, the minor will be awarded. This will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as
“Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy”. The fact will also be reflected in the

516
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
consolidated grade card, along with the list of courses taken. If one specified course cannot
be earned during the course of the programme, that minor will not be awarded. The
individual course credits earned, however, will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.
(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be included
in the curriculum from third to eight semesters for all branches. The minor courses shall be
identified by M slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Minor at the beginning of third semester. Total credits
required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses)
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of three
courses listed in the curriculum for minor, of which one course shall be a mini project based
on the chosen area. They can do mini project on the chosen area in S7 or S8. The remaining
8 credits could be acquired by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies
and approved by the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The
classes for Minor shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for Minor.
(v) On completion of the program, “Bachelor of Technology in xxx with Minor in yyy” will be
awarded.
(vi) The registration for minor program will commence from semester 3 and the all
academic units offering minors in their discipline should prescribe set of such courses. The
courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 baskets. The basket of courses may have
sequences within it, i.e., advanced courses may rest on basic courses in the basket.
Reshuffling of courses between various baskets will not be allowed. In any case, they should
carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S7 or S8. Students who have registered
for B.Tech Minor in SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING Branch can opt to study the courses listed
below:

Basket I
Semester COURSE NO. Course Name Hours Credit
S3 FST 281 FUNDAMENTALS OF FIRE ENGINEERING 4 4

S4 FST 282 HAZARD CONTROL IN MANUFACTURING 4 4

S5 FST 381 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND 4 4


INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE
S6 FST 382 ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING AND 4 4
MANAGEMENT
S7 FSD 481 MINI PROJECT 4 4

S8 FSD 482 MINI PROJECT 4 4

517
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
HONOURS
Honours is an additional credential a student may earn if s/he opts for the extra 20 credits
needed for this in her/his own discipline. Honours is not indicative of class. KTU is providing
this option for academically extra brilliant students to acquire Honours. Honours is intended
for a student to gain expertise/specialise in an area inside his/her major B.Tech discipline
and to enrich knowledge in emerging/advanced areas in the branch of engineering
concerned. It is particularly suited for students aiming to pursue higher studies. Upon
completion of Honours, a student will be better equipped to perform research in her/his
branch of engineering. On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme,
this will be mentioned in the Degree Certificate as “Bachelor of Technology in xxx, with
Honours.” The fact will also be reflected in the consolidated grade card, along with the list of
courses taken. If one specified course cannot be earned during the course of the
programme, Honours will not be awarded. The individual course credits earned, however,
will be reflected in the consolidated grade card.

The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group representing a
particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select only the courses from same
group in all semesters. It means that the specialization is to be fixed by the student and
cannot be changed subsequently. The internal evaluation, examination and grading shall be
exactly as for other mandatory courses. The Honours courses shall be identified by H slot
courses.

(i) The curriculum/syllabus committee/BoS shall prepare syllabus for courses to be


included in the curriculum from fourth to eight semesters for all branches. The
honours courses shall be identified by H slot courses.
(ii) Registration is permitted for Honours at the beginning of fourth semester. Total
credits required is 182 (162 + 20 credits from value added courses).
(iii) Out of the 20 Credits, 12 credits shall be earned by undergoing a minimum of
three courses listed in the curriculum for honours, of which one course shall be a
mini project based on the chosen area. The remaining 8 credits could be acquired
by undergoing 2 MOOCs recommended by the Board of studies and approved by
the Academic Council or through courses listed in the curriculum. The classes for
Honours shall be conducted along with regular classes and no extra time shall be
required for conducting the courses. The students should earn a grade of ‘C’ or
better for all courses under honours.
(iv) There won’t be any supplementary examination for the courses chosen for
honours.
(v) On successful accumulation of credits at the end of the programme, “Bachelor of
Technology in xxx, with Honours” will be awarded if overall CGPA is greater than
or equal to 8.5, earned a grade of ‘C’ or better for all courses chosen for honours
and without any history of ‘F’ Grade.

518
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
(vi) The registration for honours program will commence from semester 4 and the
all-academic units offering honours in their discipline should prescribe set of such
courses. The courses shall be grouped into maximum of 3 groups, each group
representing a particular specialization in the branch. The students shall select
only the courses from same group in all semesters. It means that the
specialization is to be fixed by the student and cannot be changed subsequently.
In any case, they should carry out a mini project based on the chosen area in S8.
Students who have registered for B.Tech Honours in SAFETY & FIRE
ENGINEERING can opt to study the courses listed below:

Group I
Semester COURSE NO. Course Name Hours Credit
S4 FST292 ADVANCES IN FIRE ENGINEERING 4 4
S5 FST393 INDUSTRIAL NOISE AND VIBRATION 4 4
CONTROL
S6 FST394 MAINTAINABILITY ENGINEERING 4 4
S7 FST495 EMERGENCY PLANNING AND 4 4
MANAGEMENT
S8 FSD496 MINI PROJECT 4 4

INDUCTION PROGRAM

There will be three weeks induction program for first semester students. It is a unique
three-week immersion Foundation Programme designed especially for the fresher’s which
includes a wide range of activities right from workshops, lectures and seminars to sports
tournaments, social work and much more. The programme is designed to mould students
into well-rounded individuals, aware and sensitized to local and global conditions and foster
their creativity, inculcate values and ethics, and help students to discover their passion.
Foundation Programme also serves as a platform for the fresher’s to interact with their
batchmates and seniors and start working as a team with them. The program is structured
around the following five themes:

The programme is designed keeping in mind the following objectives:

 Values and Ethics: Focus on fostering a strong sense of ethical judgment and moral
fortitude.
 Creativity: Provide channels to exhibit and develop individual creativity by
expressing themselves through art, craft, music, singing, media, dramatics, and other
creative activities.
 Leadership, Communication and Teamwork: Develop a culture of teamwork and
group communication.
 Social Awareness: Nurture a deeper understanding of the local and global world and
our place in at as concerned citizens of the world.

519
SAFETY & FIRE ENGINEERING
 Physical Activities & Sports: Engage students in sports and physical activity to ensure
healthy physical and mental growth.

520

You might also like